General Catalog (S)

http://www.amfiller.
com
Staineless Steel Wire

Flux Cored Wire
Nickel
QUALITY WELDING ALLOYS
6015 Murphy Street, Houston, TX 77033, USA
(T) 1.713.649.8785 (F) 1.713.644.9628
A
L
M
C
B
T
6015 Murphy Street Houston, TX 77033

(T) 1.800.394.4550 / 1.713.649.8785 (F) 1.713.644.9628
Real People Real Service Real Fast
B
R
Z
Get Your Quality Filler Metal

American Filler Metals
manufacturing capabilities
allow us to provide a wider
variety of options with regards
to cut lengths, spool sizes and
diameter of wires than many
of our competitors.
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
E71T-1
E71T-GS
STS FCW
STS Wires
Made In USA Products
Call us today!
S
M
Telephone: 1.713.649.8785
Go Back to Table of Contents
D
S
Fax: 1.713.644.9628
A
H
F
C
I
N
Nickel
Toll Free: 1.800.394.4550
T
O
B
Material
Safety
Data
Sheet
E
S
W
F
C
W
Table of Contents
Carbon Steel
Page 7 ~ Page 13
Cast Iron
Low Alloys - Electrodes
Page 74 ~ Page 96
Flux Cored Wires
Aluminum Alloys
Titanium Alloys
Magnesium Alloys
Page 196 ~ Page 207
Hardfacing
Page 33 ~ Page 51
Nickel Alloys
Page 68 ~ Page 71
Page 152 ~ Page 169
Low Alloys - Wires
Page 17 ~ Page 31
Page 53 ~ Page 65
STS Electrodes
STS Wires
Page 99 ~ Page 122
Page 125 ~ Page 143
Cobalt Alloys
Page 171 ~ Page 175
Bronze Alloys
Page 177 ~ Page 182
Page 184 ~ Page 194
Tungsten Alloys
Page 209 ~ Page 211
Aerospace Alloys
Page 213 ~ Page 221
Page 223 ~ Page 224
S
M
Reference & Information
Maintenance Alloys
Page 226 ~ Page 241
Page 244 ~ Page 261

3
D
S
Material
Safety
Data
Sheet
A
L
M
6015 Murphy Street Houston, TX 77033

(T) 1.800.394.4550 / 1.713.649.8785 (F) 1.713.644.9628
T
O
B
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Important Notice for All Users of This Book

The information contained herein is intended for general information only and not for specification purposes.
American Filler Metals Company presents all the technical information, data and applications to permit you
to make your own evaluations and decisions, and is not to be mistaken as expressed or implied warranties for
these or other applications.
American Filler Metals Company assumes no liability for results or damages incurred from the use of any
information contained herein, in whole or in part.
I
N
F
O
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Carbon Steel Electrodes

Coated Electrode
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM E6010
AWS/SFA A5.1
E6010
AFM E6011
AWS/SFA A5.1
E6011
AFM E6013
AWS/SFA A5.1
E6013
AFM E7014
AWS/SFA A5.1
E7014
10
AFM E7018
AWS/SFA A5.1
E7018
11
AFM E7018-1
AWS/SFA A5.1
E7018-1
12
AFM E7024
AWS/SFA A5.1
E7024
13
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
Click to Download
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
A
L
M
Carbon Steel Electrode
C
B
T
AWS/SFA A5.1
Designates the tensile strength (minimum), in ksi.
Designates the welding position in which electrodes are usable,

the type of covering, and the kind of welding current
for which the electrodes are suitable.
M
A
G
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Designates an electrode.
T
I
T
T
S
T
Order of Mandatory Classification Designators
B
R
Z
Designates that the electrode also meets

the optional supplemental requirements for toughness
and improved elongation of the weld metal.
Welding Current
DCEP - Direct Current Electrode Positive (DC, Reverse Polarity)
DCEN - Direct Current Electrode Negative (DC, Straight Polarity)
E 70 18 - 1
Welding Position
Type of Welding
Butt Welding
Fillet Welding
Welding Position
Designation
BS EN
AWS
Flat
PA
1G
Horizontal
PC
2G
Vertical Downwards
PG
3G
Vertical Upwards
PF
3G
Overhead
PE
4G
Flat
PA
1F
Horizontal
PB
2F
Vertical Downwards
PG
3F
Vertical Upwards
PF
3F
Horizontal Overhead
PD
4F
T
O
B
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E6010
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.1
High Cellulose Sodium Covering
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM E6010 is a high cellulose coated fastfreeze electrode.

It produces a deep penetrating, forceful, spray type arc and readily removable, thin, friable slag which may not
seem to completely cover the weld bead. It can be used for welding in the flat, vertical-up, vertical-down and
overhead positions with DC reverse polarity.
Welding Characteristics:
AFM E6010 will provide good arc stability with light slag while welding dirty, rusty or painted material that
cannot thoroughly be cleaned.
It will produce high deposition and low spatter loss in addition to a weld puddle that wets and spreads well.
Its fast-freeze characteristic allows it to set up fast enough to make it ideal for vertical up and vertical down
welding and is frequently selected for welding pipe.
AFM E6010 is recommended for welding API grades A25, A, B, and X42 pipe and in shipbuilding,
buildings, bridges, storage tanks, piping, and pressure vessel fittings.
Recommended Current Ranges (DC+):

3/32
2.4 mm
60 ~ 85
50 ~ 70
1/8
3.2 mm
80 ~ 120
70 ~ 110
Typical Mechanical Properties:

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Reduction in Area
Charphy V-Notch
psi
psi
(%)
(%)
@ -20oF
Mn
0.51
Si
0.20
P
0.014
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
110 ~ 160 150 ~ 200
110 ~ 150 130 ~ 170
70,000
61,000
30
60
36ft. Lbs
Standard Packaging:
Typical Weld Metal Chemistry (%):

C
0.13
10# Package; 60# Master Carton.
S
0.006
S
M
D
S
F
C
Applications:
Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E6011
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.1
High Cellulose Potassium Covering
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
AFM E6011 is a high-cellulose potassium electrode designed to be used with AC current and to duplicate
the usability characteristics and mechanical properties of AFM E6010.
Although AFM E6011 is usable with dcep (electrode positive), a decrease in joint penetration will be noted
when compared to AFM E6010.
AFM E6011 will have similar arc action, slag, and fillet weld appearance to those of AFM E6010.
The use of AC current with AFM E6011 will eliminate arc blow sometimes experienced with AFM E6010 DC
current.
Applications:
M
A
G
AFM E6011 is commonly used for welding mild steels such as ASTM A-36, A-283, A-284, A-285, A-515,
and A-516.
Typical applications are railroad cars, truck frames, storage tanks, bridges, boilers, barges and ships.
Recommended Current Ranges (AC or DC+):

T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
3/32
2.4 mm
65 ~ 90
50 ~ 75
1/8
3.2 mm
80 ~ 120
70 ~ 110

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Reduction in Area
Charphy V-Notch
psi
psi
(%)
(%)
@ -20oF
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
130 ~ 170 170 ~ 210
110 ~ 150 130 ~ 170
69,000
68,000
29
60
36ft. Lbs

C
0.13
Mn
0.50
Si
0.19
P
0.015
Standard Packaging:
S
0.008

S
M
D
S
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E6013
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.1
High Titania Potassium Covering
Description:
B
R
Z
AFM E6013 is a versatile electrode with a wide variety of applications for light gauge and heavy plate.
Slag removal is easy, often is self cleaning on heavy plate, and has a smooth arc transfer with a fine ripple bead
appearance.
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM E6013 produce a flat fillet weld face and are suitable for making groove welds because of their concave
weld face and easily removable slag.
Welds with the smaller diameters often meet the Grade 1 radiographic requirements.
Applications:
AFM E6013 is a high titania general purpose coated electrode.

It is commonly used for auto bodies and fenders, farm implements, metal furniture and any application where
low spatter and good bead appearance is desirable.
Recommended Current Ranges (AC or DC-):

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
1/16
1.6 mm
25 ~ 50
25 ~ 50
5/64
2.0 mm
35 ~ 60
35 ~ 60

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Reduction in Area
Charphy V-Notch
psi
psi
(%)
(%)
@ 32oF
3/32
2.4 mm
50 ~ 100
50 ~ 90
1/8
3.2 mm
80 ~ 130
60 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
140 ~ 180 180 ~ 230
110 ~ 160 120 ~ 160
Mn
0.38
Si
0.38
P
0.014
67,000
62,000
29
58
58ft. Lbs
E
S
S
0.008
Standard Packaging:
D
S
I
N

C
0.08
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E7014
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.1
Iron Powder, Titania Covering
Description:
B
R
Z
AFM E7014 is similar to AFM E6013, but with the addition of iron powder for obtaining higher deposition
efficiency.
The iron powder also permits the use of higher welding currents.
T
I
T
M
A
G
AFM E7014 fillet welds tend to be flat to slightly convex. The slag is easily removed and in most cases removes itself.
The joint penetration obtained allows for welding over a wide root opening due to poor fit.
Applications:
AFM E7014 is commonly used for welding mild steels ASTM A-36, A-113, A-283, A-284, A-285, A-306,
A-515, and A-516.
Typical applications include construction equipment, metal fixtures, automotive parts, barges and farm
machinery.
Recommended Current Ranges (AC or DC):

T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
3/32
2.4 mm
50 ~ 100
40 ~ 65
1/8
3.2 mm
90 ~ 140
60 ~ 90

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Reduction in Area
Charphy V-Notch
psi
psi
(%)
(%)
@ 32oF
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
150 ~ 210 200 ~ 240
110 ~ 160 120 ~ 160
79,800
68,500
30
44
58 ft. Lbs

C
0.08
Mn
0.60
Si
0.35
P
0.015
S
0.019
Standard Packaging:
D
S
10
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E7018
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.1
Low Hydrogen Potassium, Iron Powder Covering
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM E7018 is an all position iron powder, low hydrogen electrode that may be used with AC or DC reverse
polarity.
AFM E7018 has a smooth, quiet arc, very low spatter, and medium arc penetration that can be used at high
travel speeds.
The fillet welds in the horizontal and flat welding positions have a slightly convex weld face, with a smooth and
finely rippled surface.
Applications:
AFM E7018 is used for welding carbon and low alloy steels, and are also used for joints involving
high-strength and high carbon.
As is common with all low hydrogen electrodes, a short arc length should be maintained at all times.
3/32
2.4 mm
55 ~ 85
55 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
90 ~ 140
80 ~ 120

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Reduction in Area
Charphy V-Notch
psi
psi
(%)
(%)
@ -20oF
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
130 ~ 185 190 ~ 250
110 ~ 180 160 ~ 210
78,000
66,000
31
75
65 ft. Lbs

C
0.04
Mn
1.06
Si
0.69
P
0.012
S
0.011
Standard Packaging:

S
M
D
S
F
C

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
11
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E7018-1
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.1
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM E7018-1 is an all position low hydrogen iron powder electrode that is intended for welds requiring
a lower transition temperature than is normally available from E7018 electrodes.
It is designed to have the same usability and weld metal composition as AFM E7018, except that
the manganese content is set at the high end of the range.
Applications:
AFM E7018-1 is used for welding the wide variety of carbon and low alloy steels that require impact
toughness at low temperatures.
AFM E7018-1 displays exceptional impacts at low temperatures and has a smooth metal transfer that keeps
spatter to a minimum with easily removable slag.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
3/32
2.4 mm
55 ~ 85
55 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
90 ~ 140
80 ~ 120
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
130 ~ 185 190 ~ 250
110 ~ 180 160 ~ 210

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Reduction in Area
Charphy V-Notch
psi
psi
(%)
(%)
@ -50oF
81,600
69,000
30
72
104 ft. Lbs
E
S

C
0.05
Mn
1.30
Si
0.50
P
0.012
S
0.011
Standard Packaging:
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
12
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E7024
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.1
Iron Powder, Titania Covering
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM E7024 is a high speed, heavy-coated, iron powder electrode. The coverings usually amount to about
50% of the weight of the electrode, resulting in higher deposition efficiency.
Applications:
AFM E7024 can be used on mild and some alloy steels used in earth-moving and construction equipment,
truck bodies, ships, barges, and railcars.
AFM E7024 electrodes are characterized by having a quiet arc, very low spatter, low arc penetration and are
well suited for making fillet welds in the flat or horizontal position.
The weld face is slightly convex to flat and has a very smooth surface with a very fine ripple.
They can be used with high travel speeds.
Recommended Current Ranges (AC or DC):
Dia. (inch)
3/32
1/8
5/32
3/16
Dia. (mm)
2.4 mm
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
Flat
100 ~ 145 140 ~ 190 180 ~ 250 230 ~ 305
Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Reduction in Area
Charphy V-Notch
psi
psi
(%)
(%)
@ -18oF
82,000
74,000
25
65
25 ft. Lbs

C
0.06
Mn
0.86
Si
0.62
P
0.011
S
0.017
Standard Packaging:
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
13
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Low Alloy Steel Electordes

Coated Electrode
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM E7018-A1
AWS/SFA A5.5
E7018-A1
17
AFM E8018-B2
AWS/SFA A5.5
E8018-B2
18
AFM E9018-B3
AWS/SFA A5.5
E9018-B3
19
AFM E8018-C1
AWS/SFA A5.5
E8018-C1
20
AFM E8018-C2
AWS/SFA A5.5
E8018-C2
21
AFM E8018-C3
AWS/SFA A5.5
E8018-C3
22
AFM E801X-B6
AWS/SFA A5.5
E801X-B6
23
AFM E801X-B8
AWS/SFA A5.5
E801X-B8
24
AFM E9015-B9
AWS/SFA A5.5
E9015-B9
25
AFM E9018-B9
AWS/SFA A5.5
E9018-B9
26
AFM E11018M
AWS/SFA A5.5
E11018M
27
AFM E12018M
AWS/SFA A5.5
E12018M
29
AFM 4130
AFM 4140
29
NO AWS/SFA Classification
29
AFM 4340
30
Preheat, Interpass & Postweld Heat Treatment Temperatures
31
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
Click to Download
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
14
A
L
M
Low Alloy Steel Electordes & Wires
C
B
T
AWS/SFA A5.5
Designates the tensile strength (minimum), in ksi.
Designates the welding position in which electrodes are usable,

the type of covering, and the kind of welding current for which
the electrodes are suitable.
M
A
G
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
T
I
T
T
S
T
B
R
Z
Designates that the chemical composition of the weld metal

deposit.
Welding Current
E 70 18 - A1
Welding Position
Type of Welding
Butt Welding
Fillet Welding
Welding Position
Designation
BS EN
AWS
Flat
PA
1G
Horizontal
PC
2G
Vertical Downwards
PG
3G
Vertical Upwards
PF
3G
Overhead
PE
4G
Flat
PA
1F
Horizontal
PB
2F
Vertical Downwards
PG
3F
Vertical Upwards
PF
3F
Horizontal Overhead
PD
4F
15
T
O
B
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
Low Alloy Steel Electordes & Wires
C
B
T

AWS/SFA A5.18
Designates use as either an electrode or rod (ER),

or use only as an electrode (E).
Indicates in 1000 psi increments, the minimum tensile strength
of the weld metal produced by the electrode when tested
according to the A5.18 specification.
- In this case, 70 indicates 70 000 psi.
B
R
Z
T
O
B
C
Indicates whether the filler metal is solid (S) or composite (C).
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Indicates the chemical composition of a solid electrode or

the chemical composition of the weld metal produced by
a composite electrode.
The use of the GS suffix designates filler metals intended for
single pass applications only.
Optional supplemental diffusible hydrogen designator.
ER
E
ER
E
70
70
48
48
S
C
S
C
X
N HZ
X Y N HZ
X
N HZ
X Y N HZ
The letter N as a suffix to a classification indicates that

the weld metal is intended for the core belt region of nuclear
reactor vessels, as described in the Annex to the specification.
This suffix changes the limits on the phosphorus and copper
as follows:
P = 0.012% maximum / Cu = 0.08% maximum
A
E
R
O
Indicates the type of shielding gas used for classification of

composite electrodes.
Carbon dioxide (AWS A5.32 Class SG-C) is indicated by C
and 7580% Argon/balance CO2
(AWS A5.32 Class SG-AC-Y, where Y is 20 to 25) is indicated
by M.
M
A
I
N
Indicates in 10 MPa increments, the minimum tensile strength

according to the A5.18M specification.
- In this case, 48 indicates 480 MPa.
I
N
F
O
16
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Low Alloy Steel Electrode
AFM E7018-A1
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.5
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM E7018-A1 electrodes are very similar to AFM E7018, except that 1/2% molybdenum has been added.
This addition increases the strength of the weld metal, especially at elevated temperatures, and provides some
increase in corrosion resistance; however, it may reduce the notch toughness of the weld metal.
Applications:
AFM E7018-A1 is commonly used to weld CMo steel base metals such as ASTM A204 plate and A335-P1
pipe.
AFM E7018-A1 has a high deposition rate, fine bead appearance, low spatter, easily removable slag, and medium penetration.
See Table Preheat, Interpass & Postweld Heat Treatment Temperatures on page 31.

3/32
2.4 mm
70 ~ 100
1/8
3.2 mm
90 ~ 160

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Reduction in Area
Charphy V-Notch
psi
psi
(%)
(%)
@ -20oF
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
130 ~ 220 200 ~ 300
98,000
86,000
28
70
87 ft. Lbs
E
S

C
0.06
Mn
0.72
Si
0.49
P
0.016
S
0.013
Mo
0.53
Standard Packaging:
S
M
D
S
F
C
Preheat:
Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
17
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E8018-B2
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.5
Description:
B
R
Z
AFM E8018-B2 is a low hydrogen electrode that may be used with AC or DC reverse polarity.
It is different from fast freeze electrodes in that the weld metal freezes quite rapidly even though the slag is
relatively fluid.
Applications:
T
I
T
AFM E8018-B2 is used for the welding of 1/2% Cr-1/2% Mo, 1% Cr-1/2% Mo, and 1 1/4% Cr-1/2% Mo
steels.
It is used to weld A355-P11 Pipe and A387 Fr. 11 Plate. Common applications include boiler steam pipes in
power plants, oil refining equipment, ships and chemical plants.
Preheat:
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
3/32
2.4 mm
60 ~ 100
60 ~ 90
1/8
3.2 mm
90 ~ 130
80 ~ 120

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Reduction in Area
Charphy V-Notch
psi
psi
(%)
(%)
@ -32oF
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
130 ~ 190 190 ~ 250
110 ~ 170
N/A
99,000
87,000
25
70
22 ft. Lbs
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Standard Packaging:
C
0.06
Mn
0.90
Si
0.63
Cr
1.32
Mo
0.55
E
S
P
S
0.013 0.007
D
S
18
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
AFM E9018-B3
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.5
Description:
AFM E9018-B3 is a low hydrogen electrode that may be used with AC or DC reverse polarity.
It is different from fast freeze electrodes in that the weld freezes quite rapidly even though the slag is relatively fluid.
Applications:
T
I
T
AFM E9018-B3 is used for welding chromemoly steels such as those of the 2 1/4% Cr-1% Mo type. It is used
to weld A335-P22 Pipe and A387 Gr. 22 Plate. Common applications include cast steels, boiler and heat exchanger tubes, cast and forged steels.
Preheat:
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
3/32
2.4 mm
60 ~ 100
60 ~ 90
1/8
3.2 mm
90 ~ 130
80 ~ 120

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Charphy V-Notch
psi
psi
(%)
@ -40oF
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
130 ~ 190 190 ~ 250
110 ~ 170
N/A
110,000
87,000
22
24 ft. Lbs

C
0.06
Mn
0.77
Si
0.75
Cr
2.25
Mo
1.02
P
S
0.014 0.010
Standard Packaging:

S
M
D
S
19
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E8018-C1
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.5
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM E8018-C1 is a low hydrogen electrode that contains about 2.50% Ni.
It produces weld metal with increased strength without being airhardenable or with increased notch
toughness at temperatures as low as -75F (-59C).
Applications:
AFM E8018-C1 is used for welding nickelbearing steels in low temperature applications where toughness of
the weld metal at lower temperatures is important.
Preheat:

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
3/32
2.4 mm
45 ~ 75
45 ~ 75
Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Reduction in Area
Charphy V-Notch
1/8
5/32
3/16
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
110 ~ 150 150 ~ 190 200 ~ 240
100 ~ 140 120 ~ 170
N/A

psi
psi
(%)
(%)
@ -75oF
87,000
73,000
32
60
94 ft. Lbs

C
0.06
Mn
0.98
Si
0.60
P
S
0.013 0.007
Ni
2.41
Standard Packaging:
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
20
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E8018-C2
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.5
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM E8018-C2 is a low hydrogen electrode that contains about 3.50% Ni.
It produces weld metal with increased strength without being airhardenable or with increased notch toughness at temperatures as low as -100F (-73C).
Applications:
AFM E8018-C2 is used for welding 2%-4% nickel-bearing steels in low temperature applications where
toughness of the weld metal at lower temperatures is important.
Preheat:

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
3/32
2.4 mm
65 ~ 95
60 ~ 90
1/8
3.2 mm
90 ~ 130
80 ~ 120

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Charphy V-Notch
psi
psi
(%)
@ -100oF
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
135 ~ 180 190 ~ 240
110 ~ 170
N/A
94,000
83,000
22
44 ft. Lbs

C
0.07
Mn
1.12
Si
0.32
P
S
0.015 0.007
Ni
3.45
Standard Packaging:
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
21
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E8018-C3
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.5
Description:
B
R
Z
AFM E8018-C3 is low hydrogen electrodes deposit 1% Ni weld metal.

It is used primarily to weld high-tensile steels in the 70-80 ksi tensile strength range where notch toughness
at temperatures as low as -40F (-40C) is required.
Preheat:
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
3/32
2.4 mm
65 ~ 95
60 ~ 90
1/8
3.2 mm
90 ~ 130
80 ~ 120

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Charphy V-Notch
psi
psi
(%)
@ -40oF
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
135 ~ 180 190 ~ 240
110 ~ 170
N/A
87,000
77,000
31
44 ft. Lbs

C
0.07
Mn
1.12
Si
0.32
P
S
0.015 0.007
Ni
0.80 ~ 1.10
Standard Packaging:
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
22
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM E801X-B6
AWS/SFA A5.5
AFM E801X-B6 was formally classified as E502 stainless steel under AWS A5.4-81.
It is used in welding ASTM A 387 Grade 5 base material.
X-denotes 5,6, & 8
E8015-B6 - Low Hydrogen Sodium Covering

E8016-B6 - Low Hydrogen Potassium Covering
E8018-B6 - Low Hydrogen Potassium, Iron Powder Covering
Description:
AFM E8015-B6, E8016-B6 & E8018B6 electrodes are used for welding base metal of similar composition
(alloy 501 & 502), usually in the form of pipe or tubing.
The alloy is an air-hardening material; therefore, when welding with AFM E8015-B6, E8016-B6 & E8018-B6
preheat and post weld heat treatment are required.
Preheat:

3/32
2.4 mm
70 ~ 100
60 ~ 90
1/8
3.2 mm
90 ~ 160
80 ~ 120

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
psi
psi
(%)
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
130 ~ 220 190 ~ 290
110 ~ 170
N/A
89,000
73,000
23

C
0.06
Mn
0.60
Si
0.23
Cr
4.60
P
0.01
S
0.01
Ni
0.10
F
C
Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
T
O
B
Mo
0.46
Standard Packaging:

S
M
D
S
23
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
AFM E801X-B8
AWS/SFA A5.5
AFM E801X-B8 was formally classified as E505 stainless steel under AWS A5.4-81.
It is used in welding ASTM A 387 Grade 9 base materials.
X-denotes 5,6, & 8
E8015-B8 - Low Hydrogen Sodium Covering

E8016-B8 - Low Hydrogen Potassium Covering
E8018-B8 - Low Hydrogen Potassium, Iron Powder Covering
Description:
AFM E8015-B8, E8016-B8 & E8018-B8 electrodes are used for welding base metal of similar composition
(alloy 501 & 502), usually in the form of pipe or tubing.
The alloy is an air-hardening material; therefore, when welding with AFM E8015-B8, E8016-B8 & E8018-B8
preheat and post weld heat treatment are required.
Preheat:

3/32
2.4 mm
70 ~ 100
60 ~ 90
1/8
3.2 mm
90 ~ 160
80 ~ 120

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
psi
psi
(%)
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
130 ~ 220 190 ~ 290
110 ~ 170
N/A
I
N
F
O
Standard Packaging:
C
0.05
Mn
0.74
Si
0.31
Cr
8.97
100,000
79,000
23
M
A
I
N
P
S
0.015 0.008
Ni
0.09
Mo
0.94
S
M
D
S
F
C
Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
T
O
B
24
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E9015-B9
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.5
Low Hydrogen Sodium Covering
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
AFM E9015-B9 is a 9% Cr-1% Mo, low hydrogen electrode modified with niobium (columbium) and
vanadium designed to provide improved creep strength, toughness, fatigue life, and oxidation and corrosion
resistance at elevated temperatures.
Due to the higher elevated temperature properties of AFM E9015-B9, components that are now fabricated
from stainless and ferritic steels may be fabricated from a single alloy, eliminating the problems associated
with dissimilar welds.
A
H
Applications:
AFM E9015-B9 is used for welding A213-T91 Tube, A335-P91 Pipe, and A387 Gr. 91 Plate.
Preheat:
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
3/32
2.4 mm
70 ~ 100
60 ~ 90
1/8
3.2 mm
90 ~ 160
80 ~ 120

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
psi
psi
(%)
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
130 ~ 220 190 ~ 290
110 ~ 170
N/A
110,000
100,000
18
M
A
I
N
C
0.10
Mo
1.0
Mn
1.0
V
0.20
Si
0.20
Cb
0.03
P
S
Cr
0.01 0.01 9.0
Cu
Al
N
0.10 <0.01 0.04
I
N
F
O
Standard Packaging:
Ni
0.20
S
M
D
S
25
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E9018-B9
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.5
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM E9018-B9 is a 9% Cr-1% Mo, low hydrogen electrode modified with niobium (columbium) and
vanadium designed to provide improved creep strength, toughness, fatigue life, and oxidation and corrosion
resistance at elevated temperatures.
It is similar to AFM E9015-B9, except it contains an addition of iron powder which improves deposition rates.
Due to the higher elevated temperature properties of AFM E9018-B9, components that are now fabricated
from stainless and ferritic steels may be fabricated from a single alloy, eliminating the problems associated
with dissimilar welds.
Applications:
AFM E9018-B9 is used for welding A213-T91 Tube, A335-P91 Pipe, and A387 Gr. 91 Plate.
Preheat:

3/32
2.4 mm
60 ~ 90
50 ~ 80
1/8
5/32
3/16
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
110 ~ 150 150 ~ 190 200 ~ 240
100 ~ 140 120 ~ 170
N/A

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
psi
psi
(%)
F
C
Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
110,000
100,000
18

C
0.10
Mo
1.0
Mn
1.0
V
0.20
Si
0.20
Cb
0.03
P
S
Cr
0.01 0.01 9.0
Cu
Al
N
0.10 <0.01 0.04
Ni
0.20
Standard Packaging:
S
M
D
S
26
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E11018M
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.5
Iron Powder, Low Hydrogen Covering
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
AFM E11018M was originally designed for military applications such as welding HY80 and HY100 type
steels. To achieve desired weldmetal properties and soundness, AFM E11018M has small alloy additions
(especially some Ni) and require careful control of moisture in the electrode covering and from other sources
of hydrogen.
Applications:
A
H
AFM E11018M is used to weld all forms of T-1 steel.

It can also be used where high-strength welds with excellent low temperature impact properties are desired.
Preheat:
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
3/32
2.4 mm
60 ~ 90
50 ~ 80
1/8
5/32
3/16
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
110 ~ 150 150 ~ 190 200 ~ 240
100 ~ 140 120 ~ 170
N/A

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Reduction in Area
Charphy V-Notch
psi
psi
(%)
(%)
@ -60oF
115,000
104,800
23
62
44 ft. Lbs

C
0.05
Mn
1.50
Si
0.30
P
S
0.018 0.015
Cr
0.30
Ni
1.75
Mo
0.30
Standard Packaging:

S
M
D
S
27
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E12018M
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.5
Iron Powder, Low Hydrogen Covering
Description:
B
R
Z
AFM E12018M is used to weld low alloy, high tensile steels where welds of 120 ksi minimum tensile
strength is required.
Applications:
AFM E12018M is commonly used to weld forgings, plate castings, and pressure vessels.
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Preheat:

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
3/32
2.4 mm
60 ~ 90
50 ~ 80
1/8
5/32
3/16
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
110 ~ 150 150 ~ 190 200 ~ 240
100 ~ 140 120 ~ 170
N/A

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Reduction in Area
Charphy V-Notch
psi
psi
(%)
(%)
@ -60oF
I
N
133,400
120,500
18
56
26 ft. Lbs

C
0.05
Mn
1.65
Si
0.34
P
S
0.019 0.016
Cr
0.85
Ni
2.0
Mo
0.45
Standard Packaging:
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
28
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM 4130
No AWS Class
Description:
AFM 4130 is used to weld heat-treatable, low alloy SAE 4130 and 8630 steels and steel castings with
comparable hardening characteristics.
Preheat:
Between 400 ~ 600F (204 ~ 316C), with the same temperature held at interpass, in order to prevent
cracking.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
3/32
2.4 mm
60 ~ 90
50 ~ 80
1/8
5/32
3/16
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
110 ~ 150 150 ~ 190 200 ~ 240
100 ~ 140 120 ~ 170
N/A
Mn
1.25
Si
0.40
P
S
0.013 0.015
Cr
0.50
S
M
D
S

C
0.20
T
O
B
Ni
1.30
Mo
0.20
Standard Packaging:
AFM 4140
No AWS Class
Description:
AFM 4140 is used for welding SAE 4140 and similar heat-treatable steel where the weld metal must match
the heat treating properties of the parent metal.
I
N
Preheat:
cracking.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
3/32
2.4 mm
60 ~ 90
50 ~ 80
1/8
5/32
3/16
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
110 ~ 150 150 ~ 190 200 ~ 240
100 ~ 140 120 ~ 170
N/A
Mn
0.80
Si
0.50
P
S
0.012 0.014
Cr
0.75
S
M
D
S

C
0.35
Mo
0.33
Standard Packaging:

29
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
AFM 4340
No AWS Class
Description:
AFM 4340 is used for welding heat treatable, high strength steels SAE 4130, 4330, 4340 and steel castings
with similar hardening properties.
Preheat:
cracking.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Flat
V&O
3/32
2.4 mm
60 ~ 90
50 ~ 80
1/8
5/32
3/16
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
110 ~ 150 150 ~ 190 200 ~ 240
100 ~ 140 120 ~ 170
N/A

C
0.35
Mn
0.85
Si
0.50
T
O
B
P
S
0.011 0.014
Cr
0.80
Ni
1.80
Mo
0.25
S
Standard Packaging:
D
S
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
30
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T

Preheat, Interpass & Postweld Heat Treatment Temperatures
AWS Classification
E7018-A1
E7018-B2L
E8018-B2
E8018-B3L
E9018-B3
E8015-B6
E8016-B6
E8015-B8
E8016-B8
E9015-B9
E9018-B9
E8018-C1
E8018-C2
E8018-C3
E11018M
E12018M
Preheat & Interpass

Temperature
F
C
200 ~ 225
93 ~ 107
Post Weld Heat Treatment

Temperature
F
C
1,150 25
620 14
300 ~ 375
163 ~ 191
1,275 25
690 14
350 ~ 450
177 ~ 232
1,375 25
740 14
400 ~ 500
205 ~ 260
1,375 25
740 14
450 ~ 550
232 ~ 288
1,375 25
740 14
200 ~ 225
93 ~ 107
1,125 25
605 14
200 ~ 250
93 ~ 121
Not Specified
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
31
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Low Alloy Steel Wires

Bare Wires
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM RG45
AWS/SFA A5.2
R45
33
AFM RG60
AWS/SFA A5.2
R60
33
AFM Product
AWS Classification
AFM ER70S-2
AWS/SFA A5.18
ER70S-2
34
AFM ER70S-3
AWS/SFA A5.18
ER70S-3
35
AFM ER70S-6
AWS/SFA A5.18
ER70S-6
36
AFM Product
AWS Classification
AFM ER70S-B2L
AWS/SFA A5.28
ER70S-B2L
37
AFM ER80S-B2
AWS/SFA A5.28
ER80S-B2
38
AFM ER80S-D2
AWS/SFA A5.28
ER80S-D2
39
AFM ER80S-B3L
AWS/SFA A5.28
ER80S-B3L
40
AFM ER80S-B6
AWS/SFA A5.28
ER80S-B6
41
AFM ER80S-B8
AWS/SFA A5.28
ER80S-B8
42
AFM ER80S-Ni1
AWS/SFA A5.28
ER80S-Ni1
43
AFM ER80S-Ni2
AWS/SFA A5.28
ER80S-Ni2
43
AFM ER90S-B3
AWS/SFA A5.28
ER90S-B3
44
AFM ER90S-B9
AWS/SFA A5.28
ER90S-B9
45
AFM ER100S-1
AWS/SFA A5.28
ER100S-1
46
AFM ER110S-1
AWS/SFA A5.28
ER110S-1
46
AFM ER120S-1
AWS/SFA A5.28
ER120S-1
47
Page
A
H
Page
M
A
I
N
[Table 1] Minimum Tension Test Requirements

[Table 2] Preheat, Interpass, and Postweld Heat Treatment Temperatures
General Welding Tips for Low Alloy Wires
I
N
F
O
Click to Download
T
O
B
48
49
50 ~ 51
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
32
A
L
M
Low Alloy Steel Wire
T
O
B
C
B
T
AFM RG45
B
R
Z
Chemical Composition Requirements for Solid Electrodes and Rods:
T
I
T
All values are considered maximum, unless otherwise noted.
M
A
G
T
S
T
AWS/SFA A5.2
AFM RG45 is a copper coated, low carbon steel welding rod used for the welding of steel where the minimum
tensile strength requirement does not exceed 45 ksi (310 MPa).
C
0.08
Cu
0.30
Mn
0.05
Cr
0.20
Si
0.10
Ni
0.30
P
0.035
Mo
0.20
S
0.040
Al
0.02
Standard Packaging & Sizes:
S
M
50 Lb Bulk Packages in Diameters:

1/16
1.6 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
3/16
4.8 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/4
6.4 mm
Tension Test Requirements (as welded):
Not Specified.
AFM RG60
AWS/SFA A5.2
AFM RG60 is used for the oxyfuel gas welding of carbon steels, where the minimum tensile strength
requirement does not exceed 60 ksi (415 MPa).
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
D
S
C
0.15
Cu
0.30
Mn
0.90 ~ 1.40
Cr
0.20
Si
0.10 ~ 0.35
Ni
0.30
Standard Packaging & Sizes:
P
0.035
Mo
0.20
S
0.035
Al
0.02
Tension Test Requirements (as welded):
50 Lb Bulk Packages in Diameters:

1/16
1.6 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
3/16
4.8 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/4
6.4 mm
psi
MPa
Elongation in 1 Min. (%)
Tensile Strength
60,000
400
19 Min.
S
M
D
S
33
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM ER70S-2
AWS/SFA A5.18
AFM ER70S-2 is used primarily for singlepass welding of killed, semi-killed, and rimmed steels, but may also
be used for some multipass applications.
Because of the added deoxidants, AFM ER70S-2 can be used for welding steels that have a rusty or dirty
surface, with a possible sacrifice of weld quality depending on the condition of the surface.
Typical specifications for these steels are ASTM A36, A285-C, A515-55 and A516-70, which have
UNS numbers K02600, K02801, K02001, and K02700, respectively.

C
0.07
Mo
(a)
Mn
0.90 ~ 1.40
V
(a)
Si
0.40 ~ 0.70
Cu
0.50
P
0.025
Ti
0.05 ~ 0.15
S
0.035
Zr
0.02 ~ 0.12
Ni
(a)
Al
0.05 ~ 0.15
Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Charphy V-Notch
Standard Sizes:
psi
MPa
psi
MPa
(%)
@ -20oF
0.8 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.035
0.9 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
0.045
1/16
1.2 mm
1.6 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
I
N
F
O
E
S
S
M
D
S
80,000
552
65,000
450
25
28ft. Lbs
0.030
Cr
(a)

a. These residual elements shall not exceed 0.50 in total.
Typical mechanical properties:
T
O
B
34
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
AFM ER70S-3
AFM ER70S-3 is intended for welding singlepass and multi-pass welds.
It provides sufficient deoxidation to allow welding over light mill scale.
Typical base metal specifications are often the same as those for AFM ER70S-2.
A
E
R
O

Mn
0.90 ~ 1.40
Cr
(a)
Si
0.45 ~ 0.75
Mo
(a)
P
0.025
V
(a)
S
0.035
Cu
0.50


Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
T
S
T
AWS/SFA A5.18
C
0.06 ~ 0.15
Ni
(a)
Elongation in 2
Charphy V-Notch
Standard Sizes:
psi
MPa
psi
MPa
(%)
@ -20oF
78,000
538
62,000
427
22
38ft. Lbs
0.030
0.8 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.035
0.9 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
0.045
1/16
1.2 mm
1.6 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
T
O
B
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
35
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
AFM ER70S-6
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.18
AFM ER70S-6 is intended for both singleand multi-pass welding.

It is especially suited for sheet metal applications, where smooth weld beads are desired, and structural and
plate steels that have moderate amounts of rust or mill scale.
AFM ER70S-6 withstands high currents with CO2 shielding, even when welding rimmed steels.
Typical base metal specifications are often the same as those for AFM ER70S-2.
T
I
T
M
A
G
C
0.06 ~ 0.15
Ni
(a)
Mn
1.40 ~ 1.85
Cr
(a)
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
P
0.025
V
(a)
S
0.035
Cu
0.50


Tensile Strength
T
S
T
Si
0.80 ~ 1.15
Mo
(a)
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Charphy V-Notch
Standard Sizes:
psi
MPa
psi
MPa
(%)
@ -20oF
82,000
566
66,000
485
22
34ft. Lbs
0.030
0.8 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.035
0.9 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
0.045
1/16
1.2 mm
1.6 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
E
S
2 Lb. 10 Lb. 30 Lb. 33 Lb. 44 Lb Spools & 550 Lb Drums
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
36
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
AFM ER70S-B2L
AWS/SFA A5.28
AFM ER70S-B2L is identical to AFM ER80S-B2 except for the low-carbon content (0.05 percent maximum)
and thus the lower strength levels.
It exhibits greater resistance to cracking and is more suitable for welds to be left in the as-welded condition or
when the accuracy of the postweld heat treatment operation is questionable.
The classification was previously ER80S-B2L.
The strength requirements and classification designator have been changed to reflect the true strength
capabilities of the chemical composition.
Mn
0.40 ~ 0.70
Cr
1.20 ~ 1.50
Si
0.40 ~ 0.70
Mo
0.40 ~ 0.65
P
0.025
Cu
0.35
A
H

C
0.05
Ni
0.20
T
O
B
S
0.025
Total Other
0.50
Minimum Tension Test Requirements:

See [Table 1] on Page 48.
T
S
T
Standard Sizes:
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
37
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
AFM ER80S-B2
AWS/SFA A5.28
AFM ER80S-B2 contains 1/2% molybdenum for increased strength and a high level of deoxidiziers
(Mn and Si) to control porosity when welding with CO2 as the shielding gas.
It will give radiographic quality welds with excellent bead appearance in both ordinary and difficult-to-weld
carbon and low-alloy steels.
AFM ER80S-B2 exhibits excellent out-of-position welding characteristics with the short circuiting and pulsed
arc processes.
The combination of weld soundness and strength makes AFM ER80S-B2 suitable for single and multiple-pass
welding of a variety of carbon and low-alloy, higher strength steels in both the as welded and postweld
heat-treated conditions.
T
O
B
C
C
0.07 ~ 0.12
Ni
0.20
Mn
0.40 ~ 0.70
Cr
1.20 ~ 1.50
Si
0.40 ~ 0.70
Mo
0.40 ~ 0.65
P
0.025
Cu
0.35
S
0.025
Total Other
0.50
Standard Sizes:
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
38
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
AFM ER80S-D2
AWS/SFA A5.28
AFM ER80S-D2 contains 1/2% molybdenum for increased strength and a high level of deoxidiziers
(Mn and Si) to control porosity when welding with CO2 as the shielding gas.
It will give radiographic quality welds with excellent bead appearance in both ordinary and difficult-to-weld
carbon and low-alloy steels.
AFM ER80S-D2 exhibits excellent out-of-position welding characteristics with the short circuiting and pulsed
arc processes.
The combination of weld soundness and strength makes AFM ER80S-D2 suitable for single and multiple-pass
welding of a variety of carbon and low-alloy, higher strength steels in both the as welded and postweld
heat-treated conditions.

C
0.07 ~ 0.12
Ni
0.15
Mn
1.60 ~ 2.10
Mo
0.40 ~ 0.60
Si
0.50 ~ 0.80
Cu
0.50
P
0.025
Total Other
0.50
S
0.025
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
A
H
0.035

Standard Sizes:
T
O
B
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
39
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
AFM ER80S-B3L
AWS/SFA A5.28
AFM ER80S-B3L is identical to AFM ER90S-B3 except for the low-carbon content (0.05 percent maximum)
and, therefore, the lower strength levels.
It exhibits greater resistance to cracking and is more suitable for welds to be left in the as-welded condition.
AFM ER80S-B3L was previously ER90S-B3L.
The strength requirements and classification designator have been changed to reflect the true strength
capabilities of the chemical composition.
Special care must be used when using it in the as-welded condition due to higher strength levels.

C
0.05
Ni
0.20
Mn
0.40 ~ 0.70
Cr
2.30 ~ 2.70
Si
0.40 ~ 0.70
Mo
0.90 ~ 1.20
P
0.025
Cu
0.35

0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
0.035
S
0.025
Total Other
0.50
Standard Sizes:
T
O
B
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
40
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
AFM ER80S-B6
AWS/SFA A5.28
AFM ER80S-B6 contains 4.0 to 6.0 percent chromium and about 0.50 percent molybdenum.
It is used for welding material of similar composition, usually in the form of pipe or tubing.
It is air-hardening material and, therefore, when welding with AFM ER80S-B6, preheat and postweld heat
treatment are required.
AFM ER80S-B6 is similar to that previously classified as ER502 in AWS A5.9-81.

C
0.10
Ni
0.60
Mn
0.40 ~ 0.70
Cr
4.50 ~ 6.00
Si
0.50
Mo
0.45 ~ 0.65
P
0.025
Cu
0.35
T
O
B
S
0.025
Total Other
0.50
M
A
G
T
S
T
Standard Sizes:
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
41
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
AFM ER80S-B8
AWS/SFA A5.28
AFM ER80S-B8 contains 8.0 to 10.5 percent chromium and about 1.0 percent molybdenum.
It is used for welding base metal of similar compositions, usually in the form of pipe or tubing.
It is air-hardening material and, therefore, when welding with AFM ER80S-B8, preheating and postweld heat
treatment are required.
AFM ER80S-B8 is similar to that previously classified as ER505 in AWS A5.9-81.

C
0.10
Ni
0.50
Mn
0.40 ~ 0.70
Cr
8.00 ~ 10.50
Si
0.50
Mo
0.80 ~ 1.20
P
0.025
Cu
0.35
S
0.025
Total Other
0.50
T
O
B
C
A
H
M
A
G
T
S
T
Standard Sizes:
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
42
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM ER80S-Ni1
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AWS/SFA A5.28
AFM ER80S-Ni1 deposits weld metal similar to AFM E8018-C3 electrodes, and is used for welding low-alloy
high-strength steels requiring good toughness at temperatures as low as -50F (-46C).
C
0.12
Cr
0.15
Mn
1.25
Mo
0.35
Si
0.40 ~ 0.80
V
0.05
P
0.025
Cu
0.35
S
0.025
Total Other
0.50
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
Ni
0.80 ~ 1.10

S
M
D
S
AFM ER80S-Ni2
AFM ER80S-Ni2 deposits weld metal similar to AFM E8018-C1 electrodes.
Typically, it is used for welding 2-1/2 percent nickel steels and other materials requiring good toughness
at temperatures as low as -80F (-62C).

Mn
1.25
Ni
2.00 ~ 2.75
Si
0.40 ~ 0.80
Cu
0.35
P
0.025
Total Other
0.5
Standard Sizes:
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm

S
M
D
S
I
N
AWS/SFA A5.28
C
0.12
S
0.025
Standard Sizes:
T
O
B
43
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
AFM ER90S-B3
AWS/SFA A5.28
AFM ER90S-B3 is used to weld the 2-1/4Cr-1Mo steels used for high-temperature / high pressure piping and
pressure vessels.
It may also be used for joining combinations of Cr-Mo and carbon steel.
All GMAW modes may be used.
Careful control of preheat, interpass temperatures, and postweld heat treatment is essential to avoid cracking.
AFM ER90S-B3 is classified after postweld heat treatment.
Special care must be used when using it in the as-welded condition due to higher strength levels.

C
0.07 ~ 0.12
Ni
0.20
Mn
0.40 ~ 0.70
Cr
2.30 ~ 2.70
Si
0.40 ~ 0.70
Mo
0.90 ~ 1.20
P
0.025
Cu
0.35

0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
0.035
S
0.025
Total Other
0.50
Standard Sizes:
T
O
B
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
44
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
AFM ER90S-B9
AWS/SFA A5.28
AFM ER90S-B9 is a 9Cr-1Mo solid wire modified with niobium (columbium) and vanadium designed to
provide strength, toughness, fatigue life, oxidation resistance and corrosion resistance at elevated temperatures.
Due to the higher elevated temperature properties of AFM ER90S-B9, components that are now fabricated
from stainless and ferritic steels may be fabricated from a single alloy, eliminating the problems associated with
dissimilar welds.
T
O
B
C
Applications:
T
I
T
M
A
G
AFM ER90S-B9 is used for welding A213-T91 Tube, A335-P91 Pipe, and A387 Gr. 91 Plate.

C
0.07 ~ 0.13
Mo
0.80 ~ 1.10
Mn
1.25
V
0.15 ~ 0.25
Si
0.15 ~ 0.30
Al
0.04
P
0.010
Cu
0.20
S
0.010
Cr
8.00 ~ 9.50
Ni
1.00
Total Other
0.50
Cb (Nb)
0.02 ~ 0.10

T
S
T
Standard Sizes:
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
45
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM ER100S-1
AWS/SFA A5.28
AFM ER100S-1 deposits high-strength, very tough weld metal for critical applications.
Originally developed for welding HY80 steels for military applications, it is also used for a variety of structural
applications where tensile strength requirements exceed 100 ksi (690 MPa), and excellent toughness is required
to temperatures as low as -60F (-51C).

C
0.08
Mo
0.25 ~ 0.55
Mn
1.25 ~ 1.80
V
0.05
Si
0.20 ~ 0.55
Ti
0.10
P
0.010
Zr
0.10
S
0.010
Al
0.10
Ni
1.40 ~ 2.10
Cu
0.25
Cr
0.30
Total Other
0.50

S
M
D
S
AFM ER110S-1
Originally developed for welding HY100 steels for military applications, it is also used for a variety of
structural applications where tensile strength requirements exceed 100 ksi (690 MPa),
and excellent toughness is required to temperatures as low as -60F (-51C).
C
0.09
Mo
0.25 ~ 0.55
Mn
1.40 ~ 1.80
V
0.04
Si
0.20 ~ 0.55
Ti
0.10
P
0.010
Zr
0.10
S
0.010
Al
0.10
Ni
1.90 ~ 2.60
Cu
0.25
Cr
0.50
Total Other
0.50

S
M
D
S
46
AWS/SFA A5.28
T
O
B
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
AFM ER120S-1
AWS/SFA A5.28
Originally developed for welding HY100 steels for military applications, it is also used for a variety of
structural applications where tensile strength requirements exceed 100 ksi (690 MPa),
and excellent toughness is required to temperatures as low as -60F (-51C).

C
0.10
Mo
0.30 ~ 0.65
Mn
1.40 ~ 1.80
V
0.03
Si
0.25 ~ 0.60
Ti
0.10
P
0.010
Zr
0.10
S
0.010
Al
0.10
Ni
2.00 ~ 2.80
Cu
0.25
T
O
B
Cr
0.60
Total Other
0.50
F
C
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
47
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Low Alloy Wires

[Table 1]
AWS
Classification
ER70S-B2L
ER80S-B2
ER80S-B3L
ER90S-B3
ER80S-B6
ER80S-B8
ER90S-B9
ER80S-Ni1
ER80S-Ni2
ER80S-D2
ER100S-1
ER110S-1
ER120S-1
Minimum Tension Test Requirements
Tensile Strength
psi
MPa
75,000
515
80,000
550
80,000
550
90,000
620
Yield Strength
psi
MPa
58,000
400
68,000
470
68,000
540
78,000
470
80,000
550
68,000
410
17
Argon + 5% O2
90,000
620
60,000
470
16
Argon
+
1 ~5% O2
80,000
550
68,000
470
24
As-Welded
80,000
550
68,000
470
24
PWHT**
80,000
100,000
110,000
120,000
550
690
760
830
68,000
88,000
95,000
105,000
470
610
660
730
17
16
15
14
As-Welded
Shielding Gas*
Argon
+
1~5% O2
CO2
Argon
+
2% O2
Elongation
(%)
19
19
17
17
Testing
Condition
PWHT**
As-Welded
Notes :
* The use of a particular shielding gas for classification purposes shall not be construed to restrict the use of shielding gas mixtures.
A filler metal tested with other gas blends, such as Argon/O2 or Argon/CO2 may result in weld metal having different strength
and elongation.
Classification with other gas blends shall be agreed upon between the purchaser and supplier.
** Postweld heat-treated condition in accordance to Table 2.
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
48
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Low Alloy Wires

[Table 2]
AWS Classification
ER70S-B2L
ER80S-B2
ER80S-B3L
ER90S-B3
ER80S-B6
ER80S-B8
ER90S-B9
ER80S-Ni2
ER80S-Ni1
ER80S-D2
ER100S-1
ER110S-1
ER120S-1
Preheat, Interpass, and Postweld Heat Treatment Temperatures

Preheat and Interpass Temperature*
F
C
PWHT Temperature*
F
C
275 ~ 325
135 ~ 165
1,150 25
620 15
375 ~ 425
185 ~ 215
1,275 25
690 15
350 ~ 450
400 ~ 500
300 ~ 500
275 ~ 325
177 ~ 232
205 ~ 260
150 ~ 260
135 ~ 165
1,375 25
1,375 25
1,375 25
1,150 25
745 15
745 15
745 15
620 15
275 ~ 325
135 ~ 165
None**
None**
Notes :
* These temperatures are specified for testing under this specification and are not to be considered as recommendations
for preheat, interpass, and postweld heat treatment in production welding. The requirements for production welding
must be determined by the user. They may or may not differ from those called here.
** These classifications are normally used in the as-welded condition
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
49
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Low Alloy Wires

I. Gas Metal Arc Welding (GMAW)
Gas metal arc welding (GMAW) can be divided into four categories based on the mode of metal transfer:
(1) spray, (2) pulsed spray, (3) globular, and (4) short circuiting transfer.
In the spray, pulsed spray, and globular modes, transfer occurs as distinct droplets that are detached from
the electrode, transferring along the arc column into the weld pool. In the short circuiting mode, the metal deposited
during frequent short circuiting of the electrode in the molten pool.
II. Spray Transfer
The spray transfer mode, for low-alloy steel, is most commonly obtained with argon shielding gas mixtures with up to
5 percent oxygen or carbon dioxide.
A characteristic of these shielding gas mixtures is the smooth arc plasma through which hundreds of very fine
droplets are transferred to the weld pool each second.
Spray transfer with argon-oxygen or argon-carbon dioxide shielding gas is, primarily, a function of current density,
polarity, and resistance heating of the electrode.
The high droplet rate (approximately 250 droplets per second) develops suddenly above a critical current level,
commonly referred to as the transition current (for each size electrode).
Below this current, the metal is transferred in drops generally larger in diameter than the electrode at a rate of from
10 to 20 per second (globular transfer).
The transition current is also dependent, to some extent, on the chemical composition of the electrode.
For 1/16 (1.6mm) diameter low-alloy steel electrodes, a transition current of 270 amperes (direct current electrode
positive [DCEP]) is common.
Alternating current is not recommended for this type of welding because it does not produce a stable arc.
III. Pulsed Spray Transfer
Metal transfer in pulsed spray welding is similar to that of the spray transfer described above, but it occurs at a lower
average current.
The lower average current is made possible by rapid pulsing of the welding current between a high level, where metal
will transfer rapidly in the spray mode, and a low level, where no transfer will take place.
At a typical rate of 60 to 120 pulses per second, a melted drop is formed by the low-current arc, which is then
squeezed off by the high-current pulse.
This permits all-position welding.
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
(continued on next page)
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
50
A
L
M
Low Alloy Wires
T
O
B
C
B
T
B
R
Z
IV. Globular Transfer

The mode of transfer that charcterizes 100 percent CO2 as a shielding gas is globular.
Common practice with globular transfer is to use low arc voltage to minimize spatter.
This buries the arc and produces deep penetration.
Electrodes of 0.045 and 1/16 in. (1.2 mm and 1.6 mm) diameter normally are used at welding currents in the range of
275 400 amperes (DCEP), for this type of transfer. The rate at which droplets (globules) are transferred ranges from
20 to 70 per second, depending on the size of the electrode, the amperage, polarity, and arc voltage.
T
I
T
M
A
G
V. Short Circuiting Transfer

This mode of transfer is obtained with small diameter electrodes (0.030 to 0.045 in. [0.8 to 1.2 mm]) using low arc
voltages and amperages, and a power source designed for short circuiting transfer.
The electrode short-circuits to the weld metal, usually at a rate of from 50 to 200 times per second.
Metal is transferred with each short circuit, but not across the arc.
Short circuiting gas metal arc welding of low-alloy steel is done most commonly with mixtures of argon and CO2
as the shielding gas, with CO2 alone, and occasionally with mixtures of helium-argon-CO2.
Penetration of welds made with CO2 shielding gas is greater than with argon-CO2 mixtures, but mixtures containing
substantial amounts of argon or helium generally result in superior weld metal impact properties.
Shielding gas mixtures of 50 to 90 percent argon-remainder CO2 or 50 to 90 percent helium-remainder CO2 result in
higher short circuiting rates and lower minimum currents and voltages than does CO2 shielding alone.
This can be an advantage when welding thin plate or in the achievement of superior impact properties.
F
C
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
51
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Hardfacing Electrodes & Wires

Hardfacing Coated Electrodes
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
T
O
B
C
AFM 300
53
AFM 700
54
55
56
AFM CHROM-CARB
57
AFM Sugar Rod
58
Page
AFM 800
AFM 900
Hardfacing Wires
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM Product
AWS Classification
AFM 250
59
AFM 300
60
61
62
AFM 600
63
AFM 700
64
AFM 350
AFM 450
Hardfacing Conversion Chart
65
E
S
Please contact us
for MSDS
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
52
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Hardfacing Electrodes
AFM 300
T
O
B
C
AC/DC+ (Electrode Positive)

RC 26-31
Description:
AFM 300 is a buildup and overlaying electrode for all ferrous metals subjected to moderate abrasion,
severe impact and corrosion.
Weld deposits of AFM 300 are strong and tough, however with an average hardness of Rc 26-31,
they do remain machinable.
Applications:
Typical applications include tractor rollers, sprockets, idlers, concrete mixer blades, bearing journals and
other parts which require machinable weld deposits.
Procedure:
Clean the weld area. Use AC or DC+ polarity.

Preheating is not required, although heavier sections should be preheated to 200-300F.
Maintain a medium arc length and use a weaving technique or stringer beads up to twice the diameter of
the electrode.
Avoid the buildup of heat at any one location on the base metal.
Remove slag between passes and allow the base metal to air cool.
If severe abrasion is encountered, a final pass of AFM 800 should be considered.
Recommended Amperage (AC or DC+):
Typical Chemical Composition (%):
Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
AMPS
C
0.20
1/8
3.2 mm
60 ~ 130
Si
0.60
5/32
3/16
1/4
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
6.4 mm
120 ~ 180 170 ~ 240 240 ~ 300
Mn
1.48
Cr
0.70
Standard Packaging:
All sizes are packaged in 10 Lb containers.

6 containers per 60 Lb Master Carton.
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
53
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM 700

RC 58-62
Description:
AFM 700 is a severe abrasion and considerable impact hardfacing electrode.

Weld deposits have a martensitic structure that resists wear even in metal-to-metal mild steel contact.
When used in the flat and horizontal positions, this electrode will exhibit a stable arc and produce weld
deposits that are very smooth and finely rippled.
Applications:
Typical applications for AFM 700 include plowshares, cultivator shoes, bucket teeth and lips, well drilling
bits, cement mixer blades, shovel tracks and screw conveyors.
Procedure:
Use AC or DC+. Preheating is generally not required.

Using the weaving technique and keeping a short arc length, deposit up to 1/4 maximum.
If more than two passes will be required, it is suggested that a padding layer of AFM 300 be used prior to
depositing AFM 700.
Dia. (inch)
1/8
5/32
3/16
1/4
Dia. (mm)
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
6.4 mm
AMPS
110 ~ 130 140 ~ 170 180 ~ 210 220 ~ 300

C
0.48
Si
0.80
Mn
1.45
T
O
B
Cr
4.40
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
54
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM 800
T
O
B
C

RC 62-65
Description:
AFM 800 is a hardsurfacing electrode used for severe abrasion, light impact, and corrosion resistance.
This electrode produces an extremely hard martensite-structure weld deposit which is not machinable in
the as-welded condition.
AFM 800 will lay down a smooth, corrosion resistant weld deposit which will remain extremely hard even
at elevated temperatures.
Applications:
Typical applications for AFM 800 include mill hammers, bucket teeth, valve seats, mixers, crusher rolls,
tamper rollers, and other mild steel, carbon or alloy steels as well as manganese steels.
Procedure:
Use AC or DC+. Preheating is not required except on alloy steels. Using a short gap and a weaving
technique, deposit two layers.
If more than two passes are required, use AFM 300 to provide a padding layer prior to using AFM 800.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
AMPS
1/8
3.2 mm
90 ~ 130
5/32
3/16
1/4
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
6.4 mm
140 ~ 170 190 ~ 240 220 ~ 300

C
1.40
Si
0.50
Mn
1.23
Cr
6.80
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
55
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM 900
T
O
B
C

RC 50-55 (After Workhardening)
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM 900 is a hardsurfacing overlay electrode used for the fabrication and build up of high manganese and
alloy steels which are subjected to heavy impact and severe abrasion.
The weld deposits have an austenitic structure and work harden although remaining extremely ductile.
Weld deposits are machinable and forgeable.
Applications:
Typical applications of AFM 900 include repairing railroad switches, frogs and tracks, bucket teeth and lips,
rock crushers, mill hammers and bulldozer parts.
Procedure:
When the base metal of 13% manganese steel is hardened, cut-off the hardened zone before welding.
Welding should be done at the lowest possible temperature. Maintain a short to medium arc length using
a slight weaving technique to make the deposit smooth and even.
Water or air cool the weld metal during welding.
Do not preheat manganese steels. Do not overheat the base metal.
Peening is recommended to relieve stresses.
I
N

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
AMPS
1/8
3.2 mm
75 ~ 130
5/32
3/16
1/4
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
6.4 mm
120 ~ 190 175 ~ 240 230 ~ 280

C
0.70
Si
0.30
Mn
12.50
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
56
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM Chrom-Carb
T
O
B
C

RC 58-62
Description:
AFM Chrom-Carb is a chromium-tungsten flux-coated hardsurfacing electrode designed to produce

extremely hard weld metal deposits on parts exposed to severe mineral abrasion with low impact.
The extreme hardness of AFM Chrom-Carb deposits is achieved through the formation of chromium and
tungsten carbides within the matrix of the weld deposit.
Applications:
Typical applications include earth moving and rock crushing equipment, augers, asphalt feed screws, sand
pumps, mixer blades and crushing or pulverizing mills.parts which require machinable weld deposits.
Procedure:
Maintain a short arc length and hold the electrode vertical to the work piece.
AFM Chrom-Carb can be used on both AC or DC machines. Excellent for hardfacing large surface areas
using wide weave beads.
AFM Chrom-Carb has good operator appeal and yields a very smooth weld bead with superb adherence.
Deposition is fast and the weld deposits will last a long time.
Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
AMPS
C
4.00
3/32
2.4 mm
70 ~ 90
Cr
26.00
1/8
5/32
3/16
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
110 ~ 130 160 ~ 190 220 ~ 250
W
4.00
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
57
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM Sugar Rod
T
O
B
C

RC 57-61 (As Welded)
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM SUGAR ROD is designed for use on carbon and low alloy steels, manganese steels, and cast iron. Deposits take a high polish, which contributes to high frictional and abrasion wear qualities, especially small
particle abrasion.
Excellent on applications that need impact as well as abrasion resistance.
Provides optimum resistance to this combination.
Deposits well out of position.
A
H
Applications:
AFM SUGAR ROD is recommended for severe abrasion applications, along with moderate impact.
This alloy has a good hot hardness up to approximately 1000F.
Especially designed for crusher applications.
Used heavily in construction, mining, brick and clay industries on parts such as crusher rolls, jaw crushers,
bucket teeth, edges, hammers, mill hammers, conveyor screws, etc.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
AMPS
1/8
3.2 mm
80 ~ 125
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
100 ~ 160 125 ~ 190
Typical All Weld Metal Chemistry (%):

C
3.10
Mn
0.01
Si
0.95
S
P
0.029 0.021
Ni
0.09
Cr
31.08
Mo
0.02
Cu
0.09
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
58
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Hardfacing Wires
AFM 250
T
O
B
C
Build-Up
RC 20 ~ 26
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
AFM 250 is for building-up mild and low alloy steel parts to within 3/16-3/8 of their original size.
Weld deposits will be part ferritic-part martensitic in structure.
AFM 250 weld deposits have good compressive strength and resistance to plastic deformation.
Weld deposits are easily machined in the as welded position.
An excellent underlayment prior to hardsurfacing.
Very good impact resistance; poor abrasion resistance.
A
H
Applications:
AFM 250 Underlaying for hardsurfacing, steel mill wobblers and pads, shafting, small rolls, pump parts.
Procedure:
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Use DC Reverse Polarity (electrode positive).

The shielding gas should be 100% CO2 welding grade, however a 75% Argon + 25% CO2 mixture will increase
the hardness slightly.
Superior properties are achieved if an interpass temperature of 300 ~ 480F is maintained.
Wire Diameter
Electrode
Stick-out
AMPS
Volts*
0.045 (1.2 mm)
1/2 ~ 3/4
150 ~ 250
21 ~ 26
1/16 (1.6 mm)
3/4 ~ 1
250 ~ 350
23 ~ 28
Ideal procedure is to set the wire feed speed and find the voltage setting that will yield the smoothest performance.

C
0.07
Si
0.50
Mn
1.59
Cr
1.30
Fe
Bal.
Standard Packaging:
0.045 (1.2 mm) X 25 Lb Spool

1/16 (1.6 mm) X 25 Lb Spool
Other sizes and packaging are available.
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
59
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Hardfacing Wires
AFM 300
T
O
B
C
Build-Up
RC 28 ~ 32
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM 300 is similar to AFM 250 in weld deposit structure and uses.
AFM 300 offers a slightly harder weld deposit than AFM 250 and subsequently it is often used in applications
where a hardsurfacing layer is not applied over the AFM 300 deposit.
Very good impact resistance; poor abrasion resistance.
Applications:
Build-up of power shovels and tractor parts, repairing battered rail, hammers.
Procedure:

Superior properties are achieved if an inter pass temperature of 300 ~ 480F is maintained.
Wire Diameter
Electrode
Stick-out
AMPS
Volts*
0.045 (1.2 mm)
1/2 ~ 3/4
150 ~ 250
21 ~ 26
1/16 (1.6 mm)
3/4 ~ 1
250 ~ 350
23 ~ 28

Si
0.68
Mn
1.54
Cr
1.10
F
C
I
N
C
0.09
Fe
Bal.
Standard Packaging:
0.045 (1.2 mm) X 25 Lb Spool

1/16 (1.6 mm) X 25 Lb Spool
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
60
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Hardfacing Wires
AFM 350
T
O
B
C
Build-up & Hardsurfacing

RC 34 ~ 39
Description:
AFM 350 has a low alloy deposit that is martensitic in structure.

It is machinable and forgeable.
A good balance of impact resistance and abrasion resistance as well as hardness make AFM 350 an excellent
choice where only one wire is desired for build-up and hardsurfacing.
(Not to be used as an underlayment prior to subsequent hardfacing).
Very good impact resistance; fair abrasion resistance.
A
H
Applications:
Overlaying carbon steel shafts, gear teeth, sprockets, steel shovel pads.
Procedure:
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O

Wire
Diameter
Electrode
Stick-out
AMPS
Volts*
0.045 (1.2 mm)
1/2 ~ 3/4
150 ~ 250
21 ~ 26
1/16 (1.6 mm)
3/4 ~ 1
250 ~ 350
23 ~ 28
I
N

C
0.12
Si
0.45
Mn
1.37
Cr
1.30
Mo
0.20
Fe
Bal.
Standard Packaging:
0.045 (1.2 mm) X 25 Lb Spool

1/16 (1.6 mm) X 25 Lb Spool
S
M
D
S
61
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Hardfacing Wires
AFM 450
Hardsurfacing
RC 34 ~ 39
Description:
AFM 450 is designed for metal to metal abrasion involving impact such as rolling or sliding parts in earth
moving equipment where lubrication is not possible.
The weld deposits of AFM 450 are martensitic in structure.
Very good impact resistance; good abrasion resistance.
Applications:
Mine car wheels, brake drums, tractor rollers, undercarriage parts, shovel idlers, rollers, and hook rolls.
Procedure:

Wire
Diameter
Electrode
Stick-out
AMPS
Volts*
0.045 (1.2 mm)
1/2 ~ 3/4
150 ~ 250
21 ~ 26
1/16 (1.6 mm)
3/4 ~ 1
250 ~ 350
23 ~ 28
Mn
1.20
Cr
2.00
Mo
0.60
Fe
Bal.
Standard Packaging:
0.045 (1.2 mm) X 25 Lb Spool

1/16 (1.6 mm) X 25 Lb Spool
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S

Si
0.51
C
0.24
T
O
B
62
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Hardfacing Wires
AFM 600
T
O
B
C
Hardsurfacing
RC 53 ~ 56
Description:
AFM 600 offers high abrasion and heavy impact resistance on carbon, low alloy and manganese steel.
Weld deposits are martensitic and corrosion resistant.
AFM 600 is designed for metal to metal and metal to earth abrasion.
Weld deposits will work harden when put to service.
Excellent impact resistance; excellent abrasion resistance.
Applications:
Extruder screws, bucket lips, tamper feet, tillage tools, dredge parts, ore drag lines, muller tires, and
wherever high abrasion and heavy pounding is encountered.
Procedure:

Wire Diameter
Electrode
Stick-out
AMPS
Volts*
0.045 (1.2 mm)
1/2 ~ 3/4
150 ~ 250
21 ~ 26
1/16 (1.6 mm)
3/4 ~ 1
250 ~ 350
23 ~ 28

C
0.25
Si
2.18
Mn
0.36
Cr
6.50
Mo
0.03
Fe
Bal.
Standard Packaging:
0.045 (1.2 mm) X 25 Lb Spool

1/16 (1.6 mm) X 25 Lb Spool
S
M
D
S
63
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Hardfacing Wires
AFM 700
T
O
B
C
Hardsurfacing
RC 58 ~ 61
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM 700 offers a harder weld deposit than AFM 600, but lacks the corrosion resistance.
Primarily used for high metal to metal abrasion.
Weld deposits are martensitic in structure and will work harden when put into service.
Excellent impact resistance; excellent abrasion resistance.
Applications:
Rollers, conveyor screws, crusher rolls, and mill hammers.
Procedure:

Wire Diameter
Electrode
Stick-out
AMPS
Volts*
0.045 (1.2 mm)
1/2 ~ 3/4
150 ~ 250
21 ~ 26
1/16 (1.6 mm)
3/4 ~ 1
250 ~ 350
23 ~ 28
F
C
I
N
Standard Packaging:
C
0.30
Si
2.40
Mn
0.50
Cr
7.00
W
0.70
Fe
Bal.
0.045 (1.2 mm) X 25 Lb Spool

1/16 (1.6 mm) X 25 Lb Spool
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
64
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Hardfacing Conversion Chart

Build-Up & Hardfacing Gas Shielded Wires
AFM
STOODY
POSTLE
HOBART
McKAY
LINCOLN
WELDING
ALLOYS
AFM 250
BUILD-UP
2891 SPL
BU-O
BU-O
BU
B-O / B-S
AFM 300
AFM 350
SUPER BU, 107
2892 SPL
40-0
242-0
35-S, 40-S
T-O / T-S
AFM 450
105
50-S
252
R-O / R-S
AFM 600
AFM 700
965
2898 SPL
960
960
55
L-G
Build-Up & Hardfacing Stick Electrodes

AFM
MESSER(MG)
McKAY
CERTANIUM
EUTECTIC
HOBART
STOODY
AFM 300
740
HARDALLOY
32, 42
297
2B
TUFANHARD
250, 320
BUILD-UP LH
CHROM CARB
790
55 TIC
6710, 6712,
6715, N112
SUPER 20
AFM 700
770
55
6006
5005/6006
N102,
SUGARTEC A
TUFANHARD
580
35/HXC
AFM 800
760
HARDALLOY
58
267
N2
TUFANHARD
550, 600
21 / 1105
AFM 900
745
CHROM/MAG,
HARDALLOY 119
282, 298
OA 690, 40
150
NICROMANG
AFM SUGAR
ROD
765
HARDALLOY 140
284
7000, N102
21 / 2134
The information contained above represents a comparable alternative for the products of American Filler Metals and is not necessarily equal in
chemistry or operating characteristics to the other products shown.
Depending upon the application, the final decision on which product to use should be made by the customer.
I
N
F
O
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
65
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Cast Iron Coated Electrodes & Wires

Coated Electrodes
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM NI-55
AWS/SFA A5.15
ENiFe-CI
68
AFM NI-99
AWS/SFA A5.15
ENi-CI
69
Bare Wires
AFM Product
AWS Classification
AFM NI-55
70
AFM NI-99
AWS/SFA A5.15
ERNi-CI
71
T
O
B
C
Page
F
C
Please contact us
for MSDS
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
66
A
L
M
Cast Iron Coated Electrodes & Wires
C
B
T

AWS/SFA A5.15
Designates the chemical composition of the filler metal
or undiluted metal.
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Designates that these filler metal are intended for

cast iron applications.
E NiFe-CI
T
O
B
C
A
H
Designates an electrode or rod.
M
A
G
T
S
T

or undiluted metal.
Designates that these filler metal are intended
for cast iron applications.
ERNi-CI

or undiluted metal.
Designates a tubular electrode.
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
K
A
E
R
O
Designates that the electrode is used primarily

without an external shielding gas.
Designates that these filler metal are intended
or cast iron applications.
F
C
W
E NiFeT3-CI
67
A
L
M
C
B
T
Cast Iron Electrode
AFM NI-55
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.11 ENiFe-CI

AC or DC+ (Reverse Polarity)
Description:
B
R
Z
AFM NI-55 is designed for welding cast iron, malleable iron and ductile iron to themselves and other
wrought alloys, including nickel alloys.
A core wire chemistry of approximately 55% nickel and 45% iron produces weld deposits with much lower
weld shrinkage stress which in turn reduces the possibility of weld or heat-affected zone cracking.
Applications:
T
I
T
M
A
G
AFM NI-55 is especially suited for welding heavy sections such as motor blocks, housings, machine parts,
frames, defective castings and building up worn sections.
Stringer deposits are generally harder to machine due to the dilution of the weld metal, however heavier beads
and multiple layer welds will exhibit good machinability.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AC
DC +
3/32
2.4 mm
12
55 ~ 65
50 ~ 70
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 85
70 ~ 95
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
110 ~ 125 135 ~ 150
100 ~ 130 135 ~ 170
T
S
T
Chemical Composition Requirements for Undiluted Weld Metal (%):
A
E
R
O

* Nickel plus incidental Cobalt.
** Copper plus incidental Silver.
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
C
2.00
Mn
2.50
Si
4.00
S
0.03
Fe
Bal.
Ni*
45 ~ 60
Typical Mechanical Properties of Undiluted Weld Metal:

psi
Tensile Strength
MPa
Elongation
(%)
58,000 ~ 84,000
400 ~ 579
6 ~ 18
Cu**
1.00
Al
1.00
Total Other
1.00
AFM NI-55 is also available in
Standard Packaging:
S
M
D
S
68
E
a bare MIG and TIG wire.
See page 71.

W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Cast Iron Electrode
AFM NI-99
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.11 ENi-CI
AC or DC+ (Reverse Polarity)
Description:
B
R
Z
AFM NI-99 is designed for welding thin sections of cast iron to itself or to low alloy and carbon steels.
This all-position electrode is used where maximum machinability is required.
The weld deposits are soft and can be drilled, tapped, milled or shaped.
Applications:
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM NI-99 is especially suited for repairing porous or cracked castings and can be used to weld cast iron
to itself or dissimilar metals.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AC
DC +
3/32
2.4 mm
12
60 ~ 90
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
90 ~ 140
80 ~ 130
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
140 ~ 190 150 ~ 200
100 ~ 170 120 ~ 190

C
Mn
Si
Fe
Ni*
Cu**
Al
Total Other
2.00
2.50
4.00
0.03
8.00
85 Min.
2.50
1.00
1.00

* Nickel plus incidental Cobalt.
** Copper plus incidental Silver.
Typical Mechanical Properties of Undiluted Weld Metal:

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
40,000 ~ 65,000
276 ~ 488
3~6
AFM NI-99 is also available in
a bare MIG and TIG wire.

See page 72.
Standard Packaging:

S
M
D
S
69
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Cast Iron Wire
Description:
Typical Chemical Analysis (%):
AFM NI-55
AFM NI-55 is a bare MIG and TIG alloy for the welding of cast iron.
It has a harder weld than AFM NI-99, but machining can be accomplished by using carbide tipped tools.
A 350F minimum preheat and interpass temperature is recommended during welding.
C
0.05
Mn
0.25
T
S
T
Si
0.15
Fe
43.60
Ni
55.90
For AFM NI-55 stick electrodes see page 69.

Tensile Strength
M
A
G
T
O
B
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
Standard Sizes:
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
105,000
720
35
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
70
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Cast Iron Wire
AFM NI-99
AFM NI-99 is a bare MIG and TIG alloy for the welding of cast iron.
It is a machinable alloy that can also be used for buildup and overlay.
A 350F minimum preheat and interpass temperature is recommended during welding.
A
E
R
O
Typical Chemical Analysis (%):

Mn
0.22
Si
0.05
Ni
99.60
For AFM NI-99 stick electrodes see page 70.

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
Standard Sizes:
T
S
T
AWS/SFA A5.15 ERNi-CI

Description:
C
0.05
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
T
O
B
66,500
450
40
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
71
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Nickel Electrodes & Wires

Nickel Coated Electrodes
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM 112
AWS/SFA A5.11
ENiCrMo-3
74
AFM 117
AWS/SFA A5.11
ENiCrCoMo-1
75
AFM 122
AWS/SFA A5.11
ENiCrMo-10
76
AFM 141
AWS/SFA A5.11
ENi-1
77
AFM 182
AWS/SFA A5.11
ENiCrFe-3
78
AFM 187
AWS/SFA A5.6
ECuNi
79
AFM 190
AWS/SFA A5.11
ENiCu-7
80
AFM C276
AWS/SFA A5.11
ENiCrMo-4
81
AFM A
AWS/SFA A5.11
ENiCrFe-2
82
Nickel Wires
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM 60
AWS/SFA A5.14
ERNiCu-7
83
AFM 61
AWS/SFA A5.14
ERNi-1
84
AFM 62
AWS/SFA A5.14
ERNiCrFe-5
85
AFM 67
AWS/SFA A5.7
ERCuNi
86
AFM 82
AWS/SFA A5.14
ERNiCr-3
87
AFM 92
AWS/SFA A5.14
ERNiCrFe-6
88
AFM 601
AWS/SFA A5.14
ERNiCrFe-11
89
AFM 617
AWS/SFA A5.14
ERNiCrCoMo-1
90
AFM 622
AWS/SFA A5.14
ERNiCrMo-10
91
AFM 625
AWS/SFA A5.14
ERNiCrMo-3
92
AFM C276
AWS/SFA A5.14
ERNiCrMo-4
93
AFM 718
AWS/SFA A5.14
ERNiFeCr-2
94
AFM ALLOY X
AWS/SFA A5.14
ERNiCrMo-2
95
AFM ALLOY W
AWS/SFA A5.14
ERNiMo-3
96
Click to Download
Nickel Wires
Click to Download
Nickel Electrodes
72
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
Nickel Electrodes & Wires
C
B
T
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.11
B
R
Z
Designates the electrodes as nickel-based alloys.
Designates the group of electrodes according to
their principal alloying elements.
T
I
T
M
A
G
These numbers are separate one composition from another,

within a group, and are not repeated within that group.
E NiCu-7
T
S
T
F
C

AWS/SFA A5.14
Designates an electrode and rod.
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Designates the electrodes as nickel-based alloys.

Designates the group of electrodes according to
their principal alloying elements.
These numbers are separate one composition from another,
within a group, and are not repeated within that group.
ERNiCu-7
I
N
F
O
E
S
W
F
C
W
73
A
L
M
C
B
T
Nickel Electrodes
AFM 112
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.11 ENiCrMo-3

DC+ (Reverse Polarity)
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM 112 is designed for welding alloy 625 to itself and for joining many dissimilar nickel baring alloys and
iron-base metals.
AFM 112 is also recommended for welding nickel base alloys 600 and 601 and nickel-iron-chrome alloys 800
and 801.
It also can be used for joining nickel based alloys 625, 718, X750 and 706 to 9% nickel steel and for overlaying
carbon steel.
Recommended Amperage (DC+):

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
40 ~ 65
1/8
3.2 mm
14
65 ~ 90
5/32
4.0 mm
14
90 ~ 125
3/16
4.8 mm
14
125 ~ 160

C
0.10
Ni*
55.00 Min.
Mn
1.00
Co
(a)
Fe
7.0
Cr
20.00 ~ 23.00
P
0.03
Nb + Ta
3.15 ~ 4.15
S
0.02
Mo
8.00 ~ 10.00
Si
0.75
Total Other
0.50
Cu
0.50

*Includes incidental Cobalt.
(a) Cobalt - 0.12 % Maximum, when specified by the purchaser.
All-Weld-Metal Tension Test Requirements:

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
110,000
760
30
Standard Packaging:

S
M
D
S
74
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Nickel Electrodes
AFM 117
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.11 ENiCrCoMo-1

Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM 117 is designed for use on nickel chromium-cobalt-molybdenum alloys (alloy 617) to themselves and
to steel and for surfacing steel with nickel-chromium-cobalt-molybdenum weld metal (alloy 600, 601, & 800).
AFM 117 is also used for applications where optimum strength and oxidation resistance is required above
1500F up to 2100F, especially when welding on base metals of nickel-iron-chromium alloys.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
40 ~ 60
1/8
3.2 mm
14
75 ~ 100
5/32
4.0 mm
14
90 ~ 130
3/16
4.8 mm
14
125 ~ 150

C
0.05 ~ 0.15
Ni*
Bal.
Mn
0.30 ~ 2.50
Co
9.00 ~ 15.00
Fe
5.0
Cr
21.00 ~ 26.00
P
0.03
Nb + Ta
1.00
S
0.015
Mo
8.00 ~ 10.00
Si
0.75
Total Other
0.50
Cu
0.50


Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
90,000
620
25
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
75
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Nickel Electrodes
AFM 122
T
O
B
C

Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM 122 is used for welding nickel chromium-molybdenum alloys, for the welding of the clad side of joints
in steel clad with nickel chromium-molybdenum alloy, to steel and to their nickel-base alloys; and for joining
nickel chromium-molybdenum alloys.
Typical specifications for the nickel-chromium molybdenum base metals have UNS Number N06022.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
40 ~ 60
1/8
3.2 mm
14
75 ~ 100
5/32
4.0 mm
14
90 ~ 130
3/16
4.8 mm
14
125 ~ 150

C
0.02
Ni*
Bal.
Mn
1.00
Co
2.50
Fe
P
2.00 ~ 6.00
0.03
Cr
Mo
20.00 ~ 22.50 12.50 ~ 14.50
S
0.015
V
0.35
Si
0.20
W
2.50 ~ 3.50
Cu
0.50
Total Other
0.50

I
N

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
90,000
620
25
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
76
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Nickel Electrodes
AFM 141
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.11 ENi-1

Description:
B
R
Z
AFM 141 is used for welding commercially pure nickel to itself, for overlaying nickel on steel, and for joining
nickel to steel.
AFM 141 is commonly used in applications with nickel alloys 200 and 201.
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
65 ~ 85
1/8
3.2 mm
14
90 ~ 125
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
125 ~ 170 170 ~ 225

C
0.10
Cu
0.25
Mn
0.75
Ni*
92.00 Min.
Fe
0.75
Al
1.00
P
0.03
Ti
1.00 ~ 4.00
S
0.02
Total Other
0.50
Si
1.25


Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
60,000
410
20
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
77
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Nickel Electrodes
AFM 182
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.11 ENiCrFe-3

Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM 182 is a coated electrode designed to weld nickel-chromium alloys, the clad side of
nickel-chromium-iron clad steel and for welding iron and nickel-base alloy dissimilar metal combinations
such as nickel 600, 601, and 800.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
40 ~ 65
1/8
3.2 mm
14
65 ~ 95
5/32
4.0 mm
14
95 ~ 125
3/16
4.8 mm
14
125 ~ 165

C
0.10
Ni*
52.00 Min.
Mn
5.00 ~ 9.50
Co
(a)
Fe
10.00
Ti
1.00
P
S
0.03
0.015
Cr
Nb + Ta
13.00 ~ 17.00 1.00 ~ 2.50**
Si
1.00
Total Other
0.50
Cu
0.50
(a) Cobalt - 0.12 Maximum, when specified by the purchaser.

* Ni - Includes incidental cobalt.
** Tantalum - 0.30 Maximum, when specified by the purchaser.

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
80,000
550
30
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
78
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Nickel Electrodes
AFM 187
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.6 ECuNi

Description:
B
R
Z
AFM 187 is an all position copper-nickel core electrode.

AFM 187 is excellent for welding wrought or cast 70/30, 80/20, and 90/10 copper-nickel alloys and dissimilar
applications of nickel-copper alloys.
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
60 ~ 85
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 120
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 145 130 ~ 190

Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
P
0.020
Fe
0.40 ~ 0.75
Pb
0.02
Si
0.50
Ti
0.20
Ni*
29.0 ~ 33.0
Total Other
0.50
Cu
Bal.

* Includes cobalt.

psi
MPa
(%)
A
E
R
O
Tensile Strength
M
A
I
N

Elongation
50,000
350
20
Standard Packaging:
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
79
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Nickel Electrodes
AFM 190
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.11 ENiCu-7

Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM 190 is an electrode designed to weld nickel-copper to itself, such as alloy 400 and 404.
It is also used to overlay nickel-copper alloy on steel and to weld dissimilar nickel-copper alloys to steel.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
55 ~ 75
1/8
3.2 mm
14
75 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
110 ~ 150 150 ~ 190

C
0.10
Cu
Bal.
Mn
4.00
Ni*
62.00 ~ 69.00
Fe
2.50
Al
0.75
P
0.02
Ti
1.00
S
0.015
Total Other
0.50
Si
1.50

* Includes incidental cobalt.

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
70,000
480
30
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
80
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Nickel Electrodes
AFM C276
T
O
B
C

Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM C276 is used for welding low-carbon nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy, for welding the clad side
of joints in steel clad with lowcarbon nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy, and for welding low-carbon
nickel-chromium-molybdenum alloy to steel and to other nickel base alloys.
AFM C276 electrodes normally are used only in the flat position.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
40 ~ 75
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
4.0 mm
14
80 ~ 125
3/16
4.8 mm
14
80 ~ 130

C
0.02
Ni*
Bal.
Mn
1.00
Co
2.50
Fe
P
4.00 ~ 7.00
0.04
Cr
Mo
14.50 ~ 16.50 15.00 ~ 17.00
S
0.03
V
0.35
Si
0.20
W
3.00 ~ 4.50
Cu
0.50
Total Other
0.50


Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
100,000
690
25
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
81
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Nickel Electrodes
AFM A
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.11 ENiCrFe-2

Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM A is an electrode used for welding nickel-chromium-iron alloys (alloy 800), 9% nickel steel,
and a variety of dissimilar metal joints (involving carbon steel, stainless steel, nickel, and nickel-base alloys).
The base metals can be wrought or cast (welding grade), or both.
The electrodes may be used for applications at temperatures ranging from cryogenic to around 1800F
(980C).
However, for temperatures above 1500F (820C), weld metal produced by AFM A does not exhibit optimum
oxidation resistance and strength.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
40 ~ 75
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
4.0 mm
14
80 ~ 125
3/16
4.8 mm
14
80 ~ 130

C
0.10
Ni*
62.00 Min.
Mn
1.00 ~ 3.50
Co
(a)
Fe
12.00
Cr
13.00 ~ 17.00
P
0.03
Nb + Ta**
0.50 ~ 4.00
S
0.02
Mo
0.50 ~ 2.50
Si
0.75
Cu
0.50
Total Other
0.50

Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
100,000
690
25
Standard Packaging:

S
M
D
S
F
C

a. Cobalt-0.12 maximum, when specified by the purchaser.
** Tantalum-0.30 maximum, when specified by the purchaser.
Tensile Strength
82
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Nickel Wire
AFM 60
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.14 ERNiCu-7

Description:
AFM 60 is a titanium bearing filler metal for gas shielding welding of nickel-copper alloys,
(alloy 400 and 404) and dissimilar welding applications including joining alloy 200 and copper-nickel alloys
using the GTAW, GMAW, SAW, and PAW processes.
AFM 60 contains sufficient titanium to control porosity with these welding processes.
AFM 60 can also be used for a MIG overlay on steel after using AFM 61 for the first layer.
Corresponding Classification in AWS A5.11 is AFM 190 ENiCu-7.
T
I
T
M
A
G

C
0.15
Cu
Bal.
Mn
4.00
Ni*
62.00 ~ 69.00
Fe
2.50
Al
1.25
P
0.03
Ti
1.50 ~ 3.00
S
0.015
Total Other
0.50
Si
1.25

Typical As-Welded Tensile Strength (Min.):

T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Tensile Strength
Elongation
Standard Sizes:
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
psi
MPa
(%)
70,000
480
30
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
83
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Nickel Wire
AFM 61
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.14 ERNi-1

Description:
AFM 61 is used for welding wrought and cast forms of commercially pure nickel alloy (alloy 200 and 201)
to itself using the GTAW, GMAW, SAW, and PAW processes.
AFM 61 contains sufficient titanium to control weld-metal porosity with these welding processes.
Corresponding Classification in AWS A5.11 is AFM 141 ENi-1.
T
I
T
M
A
G
C
0.15
Cu
0.25
Mn
1.00
Ni*
93.00 Min.
A
E
R
O
P
0.03
Ti
2.00 ~ 3.50
S
0.015
Total Other
0.50
Si
0.75


Tensile Strength
T
S
T
Fe
1.00
Al
1.50
Elongation
Standard Sizes:
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
psi
MPa
(%)
60,000
410
20
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
84
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Nickel Wire
AFM 62
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.14 ERNiCrFe-5

Description:
AFM 62 is used for welding nickel-chromiumiron alloy (600) to itself using the GTAW, GMAW, SAW, and
PAW processes.
The higher niobium content of AFM 62 is intended to minimize cracking where high welding stresses are
encountered, as in thick-section base metal up to 2.
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
C
0.08
Cu
0.50
Mn
1.00
Ni*
70.00 Min.
M
A
I
N
P
0.03
Cr
14.00 ~ 17.00
S
0.015
Nb + Ta
1.50 ~ 3.00
Si
0.35
Total Other
0.50

a. Co is 0.12 maximum when specified by the purchaser.

Tensile Strength
Elongation
Standard Sizes:
A
E
R
O
Fe
6.00 ~ 10.00
Co
(a)
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
psi
MPa
(%)
80,000
550
30
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
E
S
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
85
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Nickel Wire
AFM 67
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.7 ERCuNi

Description:
With the addition of nickel, AFM 67 strengthens the weld metal and improves the corrosion resistance,
particularly against salt water.
The weld metal has good hot and cold ductility.
AFM 67 is used for welding 70/30, 80/20, and 90/10 copper-nickel alloys.
To MIG overlay on steel, first overlay with a layer of AFM 61.
It is also used for dissimilar welding of alloy 200 to copper-nickel alloys.
When gas tungsten or gas metal arc welding with AFM 67, preheating is not required.
Welding is done in all positions.
The arc should be kept as short as possible to assure adequate shielding gas coverage and thus minimize
porosity.
A
H
Corresponding Classification in AWS A5.6 is AFM 187 ECuNi.
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O

Cu*
Bal.
S
0.01
Mn
1.00
P
0.02
Fe
0.40 ~ 0.75
Pb
0.02
Si
0.25
Ti
0.20 ~ 0.50
Ni**
29.00 ~ 32.00
Total Others
0.50

* Including silver
** Includes incidental cobalt

Tensile Strength
Elongation
Standard Sizes:
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
psi
MPa
(%)
50,000
345
20
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
S
M
D
S
86
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Nickel Wire
AFM 82
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.14 ERNiCr-3

Description:
AFM 82 is designed for welding nickelchromium-iron alloy (600) to itself, for the clad side of joints in steel
with nickel-chromium-iron alloy, for surfacing steel with nickel-chromiumiron weld metal, for dissimilar
welding of nickelbase alloys (600, 601 & 800), and for joining steel to nickel-base alloys.
Corresponding Classification in AWS A5.11 is AFM 182 ENiCrFe-3.
T
I
T
M
A
G
C
0.10
Ni*
67.00 Min.
Mn
2.50 ~ 3.50
Ti
0.75
A
E
R
O
P
0.03
Nb + Ta
2.00 ~ 3.00
S
0.015
Cu
0.50
Si
0.50
Total Others
0.50

* Includes incidental cobalt, Co is 0.12 when specified by the purchaser.

Tensile Strength
T
S
T
Fe
3.00
Cr
18.00 ~ 22.00
Elongation
Standard Sizes:
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
psi
MPa
(%)
80,000
550
30
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
87
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Nickel Wire
AFM 92
Description:
AFM 92 is used for cladding steel with nickel-chromiumiron weld metal and for joining steel to nickel-base
alloys using the GTAW, GMAW, SAW, and PAW processes.
The weld metal will age harden on heat treatment.
Corresponding Classification in AWS A5.11 is AFM A ENiCrFe-2.

Mn
2.00 ~ 2.70
Ti
2.50 ~ 3.50
A
E
R
O
Fe
8.00
Cr
14.00 ~ 17.00
P
0.03
Cu
0.50
S
0.015
Total Others
0.50

Elongation
Standard Sizes:
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
psi
MPa
(%)
80,000
550
30
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
A
H
Si
0.35

* Includes incidental cobalt
Tensile Strength
T
S
T
C
0.08
Ni*
67.00 Min.
T
O
B
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
88
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Nickel Wire
AFM 601

Description:
AFM 601 is used for welding nickelchromium-iron-aluminum alloy (601) to itself and to other high
temperature compositions using the GTAW process.
It is used for severe applications where the exposure temperature can exceed 2100F (1150).

C
0.10
Cu
1.00
Mn
1.00
Ni*
58.0 ~ 63.0
Fe
Bal.
Al
1.00 ~ 1.70
P
0.03
Cr
21.00 ~ 25.00
S
0.015
Si
0.50
Total Others
0.50


Tensile Strength
Elongation
Standard Sizes:
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
psi
MPa
(%)
94,000
650
42
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
T
O
B
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
89
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Nickel Wire
AFM 617
AWS/SFA A5.14 ERNiCrCoMo-1

Description:
AFM 617 is used for welding nickelchromium-cobalt-molybdenum alloy to itself using the GTAW and
GMAW processes.
AFM 617 can also be used for welding joints of dissimilar steels and for elevated temperature service.
M
A
G
C
0.05 ~ 0.15
Ni*
Bal.
Mn
1.00
Co
10.00 ~ 15.00
A
E
R
O
Fe
3.00
Al
0.80 ~ 1.50
P
0.03
Ti
0.60
S
0.015
Cr
20.00 ~ 24.00
Si
1.00
Mo
8.00 ~ 10.00
Cu
0.50
Total Others
0.50

Elongation
Standard Sizes:
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
psi
MPa
(%)
90,000
620
25
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
F
C

Tensile Strength
T
S
T
Corresponding Classification in AWS A5.11 is AFM 117 ENiCrCoMo-1.
T
I
T
T
O
B
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
90
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Nickel Wire
AFM 622
AWS/SFA A5.14 ERNiCrMo-10

Description:
AFM 622 is used for welding nickelchromium-molybdenum alloy (622) to itself, to steel, to other nickelbase alloys (such as 625 & C276), and for cladding steel with nickelchromium- molybdenum weld metal using
the GTAW, GMAW, and PAW processes.
Corresponding Classification in AWS A5.11 is AFM 122 ENiCrMo-10.
T
I
T
M
A
G
C
0.015
Ni*
Bal.
Mn
0.50
Co
2.50
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Fe
P
2.00 ~ 6.00
0.02
Cr
Mo
20.00 ~ 22.50 12.50 ~ 14.50
S
0.010
V
0.35
Si
0.08
W
2.50 ~ 3.50
Cu
0.50
Total Others
0.50

Elongation
Standard Sizes:
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
psi
MPa
(%)
100,000
690
25
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32

Tensile Strength
T
O
B
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
91
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Nickel Wire
AFM 625

Description:
AFM 625 is used for welding nickelchromium-molybdenum alloy (625) to itself, to steel, to other nickelbase alloys (601 & 800), for cladding steel with nickel-chromiummolybdenum weld metal, and for welding
the clad side of joints in steel with nickel-chromiummolybdenum alloy using the GTAW, GMAW, SAW, and
PAW processes.
AFM 625s outstanding strength and toughness in the temperature range cryogenic to 2000F (1093C) are
derived primarily from the solid solution effects of the refractory metals, columbium and molybdenum,
in a nickel-chromium matrix.
AFM 625 has excellent fatigue strength and stress-corrosion cracking resistance to chloride ions.
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
A
H
Corresponding Classification in AWS A5.11 is AFM 112 ENiCrMo-3.
M
A
G
C
0.010
Ni*
58.00 Min.
Mn
0.50
Al
0.40
Fe
5.00
Ti
0.40
P
0.02
Cr
20.00 ~ 23.00
S
0.015
Nb + Ta
3.15 ~ 4.15
Si
0.50
Mo
8.00 ~ 10.00
Cu
0.50
Total Others
0.50

Elongation
Standard Sizes:
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
psi
MPa
(%)
110,000
760
30
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
I
N

Tensile Strength
T
O
B
92
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Nickel Wire
AFM C276

Description:
AFMC 276 is used for welding nickelchromium-molybdenum alloy (C276) to itself, to steel, to other
nickel-base alloys, and for cladding steel with nickel-chromium-molybdenum weld metal using the GTAW
and GMAW processes.
AFM C276 has exceptional corrosion resistance to a wide variety of chemical processing environments
including strong reducing environments, chloride-contaminated media, chlorine, and sea water.
AFM C276 has excellent resistance to pitting and stress-corrosion cracking.
Corresponding Classification in AWS A5.11 is AFM C276 ENiCrMo-4.

C
0.02
Ni*
Bal.
Mn
1.00
Co
2.50
Fe
P
4.00 ~ 7.00
0.04
Cr
Mo
14.50 ~ 16.50 15.00 ~ 17.00
S
0.03
V
0.35
Si
0.08
W
3.00 ~ 4.50
Cu
0.50
Total Others
0.50


Tensile Strength
Elongation
Standard Sizes:
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
psi
MPa
(%)
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
I
N
100,000
690
25
3/32
T
O
B
93
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Nickel Wire
AFM 718
AWS/SFA A5.14 ERNiFeCr-2

Description:
AFM 718 is used for welding nickelchromium-niobium-molybdenum alloy (718) to itself using the GTAW
processes.
AFM 718 is a precipitation hardenable nickel-base alloy designed to display exceptionally high yield, tensile
and creep-rupture properties at temperatures up to 1300F (704C).
The sluggish age-hardening response of AFM 718 permits annealing and welding without spontaneous
hardening during heating and cooling.
AFM 718 has excellent weldability when compared to the nickel-base superalloys hardened by aluminum and
titanium.

C
0.08
Cu
0.30
Total Others
0.50
B
0.003
Ni*
50.00 ~ 55.00
Mn
0.35
Al
0.20 ~ 0.80
Fe
Bal.
Ti
0.65 ~ 1.15
P
0.015
Cr
17.00 ~ 21.00
S
0.015
Nb + Ta
4.75 ~ 5.50
Si
0.35
Mo

Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
S
M
D
S
165,000
1140*
25
* Age-hardened condition: Heat treated at 1325F

(718C) for 8 hours, then furnace cooled to 1150F
(620C) at 100F (56C) per hour, held for 8 hours,
then air cooled.
Standard Sizes:
2.80 ~ 3.30

Tensile Strength
T
O
B
94
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Nickel Wire
AFM Alloy X
Description:
AFM ALLOY X is used for welding nickelchromium-molybdenum alloy to itself, to steel, to other nickelbase alloys, and for cladding steel with nickel-chromium-molybdenum weld metal using the GTAW, GMAW,
and PAW processes.
AFM ALLOY X is a nonmagnetic, heat and corrosion resistant, nickel-base alloy.
It derives its exceptional properties, up to 2200F (1200C), from solid solution strengthening.

Mn
1.00
Co
0.50 ~ 2.50
A
E
R
O
Fe
17.00 ~ 20.00
Cr
20.50 ~ 23.00
P
0.04
Mo
8.00 ~ 10.00
S
0.03
W
0.20 ~ 1.00
Si
1.00
Total Others
0.50
Standard Sizes:
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
psi
MPa
95,000
660
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
A
H
Cu
0.50

Tensile Strength
T
S
T
C
0.05 ~ 0.15
Ni*
Bal.
T
O
B
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
95
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Nickel Wire
AFM Alloy W
Description:
AFM ALLOY W is used for weld repair of various nickel-, cobalt-, and iron-base alloys and for dissimilar
joining applications of nickel-, cobalt-, and iron-base alloys.

Mn
1.00
Co
2.50
A
E
R
O
Fe
4.00 ~ 7.00
Cr
4.00 ~ 6.00
P
0.04
Mo
23.00 ~ 26.00
S
0.03
V
0.60
Si
1.00
W
1.00
Cu
0.50
Total Others
0.50


Tensile Strength
Standard Sizes:
T
S
T
AWS/SFA A5.14 ERNiMo-3
C
0.12
Ni*
Bal.
36 TIG Wire
1/16
1.6 mm
T
O
B
psi
MPa
30 Lb ~ 33 Lb Spool
0.035
0.9 mm
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
F
C
100,000
690
3/32
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
96
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Stainless Steel Electrodes

Stainless Steel Coated Electrodes
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM E308-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E308-16
99
AFM E308H-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E308H-16
100
AFM E308L-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E308L-16
101
AFM E309-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E309-16
102
AFM E309L-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E309L-16
103
AFM E309Nb-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E309Nb-16
104
AFM E309Mo-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E309Mo-16
105
AFM E309LMo-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E309LMo-16
106
AFM E310-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E310-16
107
AFM E312-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E312-16
108
AFM E316-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E316-16
109
AFM E316H-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E316H-16
110
AFM E316L-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E316L-16
111
AFM E317L-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E317L-16
112
AFM E320-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E320-16
113
AFM E320LR-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E320LR-16
114
AFM E330-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E330-16
115
AFM E347-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E347-16
116
AFM E385-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E385-16
117
AFM E410-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E410-16
118
AFM E410NiMo-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E410NiMo-16
119
AFM E2209-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E2209-16
120
AFM E2553-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E2553-16
121
AFM E2594-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
E2594-16
122
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
Click to Download
I
N
F
O
T
O
B
F
C
W
97
A
L
M
C
B
T

AWS/SFA A5.4
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Designates the classification as to its composition.

Designates the classification as to usability with respect
to position of welding & type of current.
- Please see below Usability Designation.
E 308-16
M
A
G
Welding Current
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
Usability Designation
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Usability Designation -15.

The electrodes are usable with dcep (electrode positive) only.
While use with alternating current is sometimes accomplished, they are not intended to qualify for use with this type of current.
Electrode sizes 5/32 in [4.0 mm] and smaller may be used in all positions of welding.
The covering for these electrodes generally contains readily ionizing elements, such as potassium, in order to stabilize the arc for
welding with alternating current.
Electrode sizes 5/32 in [4.0 mm] and smaller may be used in all positions of welding.
The covering of these electrodes is a modification of the -16 covering in that considerable silica replaces some of the titania of
the -16 covering.
Since both the -16 and the -17 electrode coverings permit ac operation, both covering types were classified as -16 in the past
because there was no classification alternative until the 1992 revision of AWS A5.4.
However, the operational differences between the two types have become significant enough to warrant a separate classification.
I
N
F
O
E
S
W
F
C
W
98
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
AFM E308-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E308-16 is used for welding austenitic stainless of 18/8 types such as AISI 201, 202, 204, 301, 302, 304,
305, and 308.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
T
O
B
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180
A
H
M
A
G
C
0.08
Si
1.00
Cr
18.00 ~ 21.00
P
0.04
Ni
9.00 ~ 11.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
Cu
0.75
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.50
T
S
T
A
E
R
O

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
80,000
550
35
Standard Packaging:

M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
99
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM E308H-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E30H8-16 is the same as AFM E308-16 except that the allowable carbon content has been restricted
to the higher portion of the E308 range.
Carbon content in the range of 0.04 ~ 0.08 provides higher tensile and creep strengths at elevated
temperatures.
AFM E308H-16 is used for welding Type 304H base metal.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180

C
0.04 ~ 0.08
Si
1.00
Cr
18.00 ~ 21.00
P
0.04
T
O
B
Ni
9.00 ~ 11.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
Cu
0.75
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.50

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
80,000
550
35
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
100
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
AFM E308L-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E308L-16 has the same composition of the weld metal of AFM E308-16, except for the restricted
carbon content.
The 0.04 percent maximum carbon content of weld metal deposited by AFM E308L-16 reduces the possibility
of intergranular carbide precipitation and thereby increases the resistance to intergranular corrosion without
the use of stabilizers such as columbium (niobium) or titanium.
A carbon content of 0.04 percent maximum has been shown to be adequate in weld metal, even though it is
recognized that similar base metal specifications require a 0.03 percent limitation. This low carbon alloy,
however, is not as strong at elevated temperature as the columbium-stabilized alloys or 304H.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
T
O
B
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180
A
H
F
C

T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
C
0.04
Si
1.00
Cr
18.00 ~ 21.00
P
0.04
Ni
9.00 ~ 11.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
Cu
0.75
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.50

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
75,000
520
35
Standard Packaging:

S
M
D
S
101
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM E309-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E309-16 is commonly used for welding similar alloys in wrought or cast form.
It is used for welding dissimilar metals, such as joining Type 304 to carbon steel, welding the clad side of
Type 304 clad steels, and applying stainless steel sheet linings to carbon steel shells.
Occasionally, AFM E309-16 is used to weld Type 304 and similar base metals where severe corrosion
conditions exist requiring higher alloy weld metal.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180

C
0.15
Si
1.00
Cr
22.00 ~ 25.00
P
0.04
T
O
B
Ni
12.00 ~ 14.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
Cu
0.75
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.50

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
80,000
550
30
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
102
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
AFM E309L-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E309L-16 has the same composition of weld metal deposited by AFM E309-16 electrodes, except for
the restricted carbon content.
The 0.04 percent maximum carbon content of these weld deposits reduces the possibility of intergranular
carbide precipitation and thereby increases the resistance to intergranular corrosion without the use of
stabilizers such as columbium (niobium) and titanium.
AFM E309L-16 is not as strong at elevated temperature as the columbiumstabilized alloys or high carbon
content AFM E309-16 deposits.
A
H

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180

C
0.04
Si
1.00
Cr
22.00 ~ 25.00
P
0.04
T
O
B
Ni
12.00 ~ 14.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
Cu
0.75
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.50
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
75,000
520
30
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
103
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM E309Nb-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E309Nb-16 has the same composition of weld metal deposited by AFM E309-16, except for
the addition of columbium (niobium) and a reduction in the carbon limit.
The columbium (niobium) provides resistance to carbide precipitation and thus increases intergranular
corrosion resistance and also provides higher strength in elevated temperature service.
AFM E309Nb-16 electrodes are used also for welding Type 347 clad steels or for the overlay of carbon
steel.
E309Nb-XX was formerly named E309Cb-XXw.

The change was made conform to the worldwide uniform designation of the element nobium.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180

C
0.12
Si
1.00
Cr
22.00 ~ 25.00
P
0.04
Ni
12.00 ~ 14.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
Cu
0.75
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.50
Nb (Cb) + Ta
0.70 ~ 1.00

Tensile Strength
Elongation
T
O
B
psi
MPa
(%)
80,000
550
30
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
104
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
AFM E309Mo-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E309Mo-16 has the same composition of weld metal deposited by AFM E309-16, except for
the addition of molybdenum and a small reduction in the carbon limit.
It is used for welding Type 316 clad steels or for the overlay of carbon steels.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
T
O
B
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
C
0.12
Si
1.00
Cr
22.00 ~ 25.00
P
0.04
Ni
12.00 ~ 14.00
S
0.03
Mo
2.00 ~ 3.00
Cu
0.75
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.50

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
80,000
550
30
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
105
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
AFM E309LMo-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E309LMo-16 has the same composition of weld metal deposited by AFM E309Mo-16, except for
the restricted carbon content.
The lower carbon content of the weld metal reduces the possibility of itergranular corrosion.
E309LMo-XX was formerly named E309MoL-XX.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180

C
0.12
Si
1.00
Cr
22.00 ~ 25.00
P
0.04
Ni
12.00 ~ 14.00
S
0.03
Mo
2.00 ~ 3.00
Cu
0.75
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.50

psi
MPa
(%)
A
E
R
O
Tensile Strength
M
A
I
N

Elongation
T
O
B
75,000
520
30
Standard Packaging:
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
106
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
AFM E310-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E310-16 is used for welding type 310 stainless steel. The weld deposit exhibits the same chemical
analysis and oxidation resistance as the base plate metal.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180

C
0.08 ~ 0.20
Si
0.75
Cr
25.00 ~ 28.00
P
0.03
T
O
B
Ni
20.00 ~ 22.50
S
0.03
Mo
2.00 ~ 3.00
Cu
0.75
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
T
S
T
A
E
R
O

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
80,000
550
30
Standard Packaging:

M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
107
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM E312-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E312-16 was originally designed to weld cast alloys of similar composition.
They have been found to be valuable in welding dissimilar metals, high in nickel.
AFM E312-16 gives a two-phase weld deposit with substantial amounts of ferrite in an austenitic matrix.
Even with considerable dilution by austenite-forming elements, such as nickel, the microstructure remains
two-phase and thus highly resistant to weld metal cracks and fissures.
Applications should be limited to service temperature below 800F (420C) to avoid formation of secondary
brittle phases.
A
H

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180

C
0.15
Si
1.00
Cr
28.00 ~ 32.00
P
0.04
T
O
B
Ni
8.00 ~ 10.50
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
Cu
0.75
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.50

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
95,000
660
22
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
108
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM E316-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E316-16 is used for welding Type 316 and similar alloys.
They have been used successfully in certain applications involving special base metals for high-temperature
service.
The presence of molybdenum provides creep resistance at elevated temperatures.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180

C
0.08
Si
1.00
Cr
17.00 ~ 20.00
P
0.04
Ni
11.00 ~ 14.00
S
0.03
Mo
2.00 ~ 3.00
Cu
0.75
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.50

Tensile Strength
Elongation
T
O
B
psi
MPa
(%)
75,000
520
30
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
109
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM E316H-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E316H-16 is used for welding 316H base metal. It is the same as AFM E316-16 except that
the allowable carbon content has been restricted to the higher portion of the E316 range.
Carbon content in the range of 0.04 to 0.08 provides higher tensile and creep strengths at elevated
temperatures.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180

C
0.04 ~ 0.08
Si
1.00
Cr
17.00 ~ 20.00
P
0.04
Ni
11.00 ~ 14.00
S
0.03
Mo
2.00 ~ 3.00
Cu
0.75
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.50

Tensile Strength
Elongation
T
O
B
psi
MPa
(%)
75,000
520
30
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
110
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM E316L-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E316L-16 has the same composition as AFM E316-16, except for the restricted carbon content.
The 0.04 percent maximum carbon content of weld metal deposited by these electrodes reduces the possibility
AFM E316L-16 is used principally for welding low carbon, molybdenum-bearing austenitic alloys.
Tests have shown that 0.04 percent carbon limit in the weld metal gives adequate protection against
intergranular corrosion in most cases.
AFM E316L-16, however, is not as strong at elevated temperatures as Type 316H.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180
Cr
17.00 ~ 20.00
P
0.04
Ni
11.00 ~ 14.00
S
0.03
Mo
2.00 ~ 3.00
Cu
0.75
A
H
F
C

C
0.04
Si
1.00
T
O
B
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.50

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
70,000
490
30
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
111
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
AFM E317L-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E317L-16 is usually used for welding alloys of similar composition and are utilized in severely
corrosive environments (such as those containing haolgens) where crevice and pitting corrosion are of
concern.
The 0.04 percent maximum carbon content of weld metal deposited by these electrodes reduces the possibility
AFM E317L-16, however, is not as strong at elevated temperatures as the columbium (niobium)-stabilized
alloys or the standard Type 317 weld metal with a higher carbon content.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
T
O
B
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180
A
H
F
C

T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
C
0.04
Si
1.00
Cr
18.00 ~ 21.00
P
0.04
Ni
12.00 ~ 14.00
S
0.03
Mo
3.00 ~ 4.00
Cu
0.75
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.50

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
75,000
520
30
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
112
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
AFM E320-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E320-16 is primarily used to weld base metals of similar composition, such as alloy 20,
for applications where resistance to severe corrosion is required for a wide range of chemicals including
sulfuric and sulfurous acids and their salts.
They can be used to weld both castings and wrought alloys of similar composition without postweld heat
treatment.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180

C
0.07
Si
0.60
Cr
19.00 ~ 21.00
P
0.04
Ni
32.00 ~ 36.00
S
0.03
Mo
2.00 ~ 3.00
Cu
3.00 ~ 4.00
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.50
Nb (Cb) + Ta
8 x C Min. 1.00 Max.

psi
MPa
(%)
A
E
R
O
Tensile Strength
M
A
I
N

Elongation
T
O
B
80,000
550
30
Standard Packaging:
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
113
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM E320LR-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E320LR-16 weld metal deposits have the same basic composition as that deposited by AFM E320-16;
however, the elements of C, Si, P, and S are specified at lower maximum levels, and Cb (Nb) and Mn are
controlled within narrower ranges.
These changes reduce the weld metal fissuring (while maintaining the corrosion resistance) frequently
encountered in fully austenitic stainless steel weld metals.
Consequently, welding practices typically used to deposit ferrite-containing austenitic stainless steel weld
metals can be used.
AFM E320LR-16 has a lower minimum tensile strength than AFM E320-16.
A
H

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180

C
0.03
Si
0.30
Cr
19.00 ~ 21.00
P
0.020
T
O
B
Ni
32.00 ~ 36.00
S
0.015
Mo
2.00 ~ 3.00
Cu
3.00 ~ 4.00
Mn
1.50 ~ 2.50
Nb (Cb) + Ta
8 x C Min. 0.40 Max.

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
75,000
520
30
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
114
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
AFM E330-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
The nominal composition of the weld metal is 35 Ni, 15.5 Cr. AFM E330-16 is commonly used where
heat-and scale-resisting properties above 1800F (980C) are required.
However, highsulfur environments may adversely effect performance at elevated temperature.
Repairs of defects in alloy castings and the welding of castings and wrought alloys of alloy 330 are the most
common applications.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180

C
0.18 ~ 0.25
Si
1.00
Cr
14.00 ~ 17.00
P
0.04
Ni
33.00 ~ 37.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
Cu
0.75
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50

psi
MPa
(%)
A
E
R
O
Tensile Strength
M
A
I
N

Elongation
T
O
B
75,000
520
30
Standard Packaging:
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
115
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM E347-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
The nominal composition of this weld metal is 19.5 Cr, 10 Ni with Cb (Nb) or Cb (Nb) plus Ta added as
a stabilizer.
Either of these additions reduces the possibility of intergranular chromium carbide precipitation and thus
increases resistance to intergranular corrosion.
AFM E347-16 is usually used for welding alloys 347 and 321.
It is commonly used where maximum resistance to corrosion is required.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180

C
0.08
Si
1.00
Cr
18.00 ~ 21.00
P
0.04
Ni
9.00 ~ 11.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
Cu
0.75
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.50

Tensile Strength
Elongation
T
O
B
psi
MPa
(%)
75,000
520
30
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
116
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
AFM E385-16
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
B
R
Z
AFM E385-16 is used primarily for welding Type 904L materials for the handling of sulphuric acid and many
chloride-containing media.
AFM E385-16 also may be used to join Type 317L material where improved corrosion resistance in specific
media is needed.
It can also be used for joining Type 904L base metal to other grades of stainless. The elements C, Si, P and S are
specified at lower maximum levels to minimize weld metal hot cracking and fissuring (while maintaining
corrosion resistance) frequently encountered in fully austenitic weld metals.
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
1/8
3.2 mm
14
70 ~ 110
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 140 130 ~ 180

C
0.03
Si
0.90
Cr
19.50 ~ 21.50
P
0.03
Ni
24.00 ~ 26.00
S
0.02
Mo
4.20 ~ 5.20
Cu
1.20 ~ 2.00
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
75,000
520
30
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
117
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM E410-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
This 12 Cr alloy is an air-hardening steel.

Preheat and postheat treatments are required to achieve welds adequate ductility for many engineering
purposes.
AFM E410-16 is most commonly used to weld alloy 410, but also 403, 405, 414, 416 and 420 alloys.
It is also used for surfacing of carbon steels to resist corrosion, erosion, or abrasion.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 75
1/8
3.2 mm
14
80 ~ 115
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
115 ~ 160 150 ~ 210

C
0.12
Si
0.90
Cr
11.00 ~ 13.50
P
0.04
Ni
0.70
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
Cu
0.75
Mn
1.00

Tensile Strength
Elongation
T
O
B
psi
MPa
(%)
75,000
450
20
Heat Treatment:
Heat to 1350 to 1400F(730 to 760C), hold for one hour, furnace cool at a rate of 100F(60C) per hour
to 600F(315C) and air cool to ambient.
Standard Packaging:

S
M
D
S
118
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM E410NiMo-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E410NiMo-16 is used for welding ASTM CA6NM castings or similar materials, as well as light gage
Type 410, 410S, and 405 base metals.
Weld metal deposited by AFM E410NiMo-16 is modified to contain less chromium and more nickel than weld
metal deposits by AFM E410-16.
The objective is to eliminate ferrite in the microstructure, as ferrite has a deleterious effect on mechanical
properties of this alloy. Final postweld heat treatment should not exceed 1150F (620C).
Higher temperatures may result in rehardening due to untempered martensite in the microstructure after
cooling to room temperature.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 75
1/8
3.2 mm
14
80 ~ 115
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
115 ~ 160 150 ~ 210
Cr
11.00 ~ 12.50
P
0.04
Ni
4.00 ~ 5.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.40 ~ 0.70
Cu
0.75
A
H
F
C

C
0.06
Si
0.90
T
O
B
Mn
1.00

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
110,000
760
15
Heat Treatment:
Heat to 1100 to 1150F (595 to 620C), hold for one hour, and air cool to ambient.
Standard Packaging:

S
M
D
S
119
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Stainless Steel Electrode
AFM E2209-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E2209-16 is used primarily to weld duplex stainless steels which contain approximately 22 percent of
chromium (grade 2205).
Weld metal deposited by AFM E2209-16 has duplex microstructure consisting of an austenite-ferrite matrix.
It combines increased tensile strength with improved resistance to pitting corrosive attack and to stress
corrosion cracking.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 80
T
O
B
1/8
3.2 mm
14
80 ~ 120
A
H
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
100 ~ 160 150 ~ 210
C
0.04
Si
1.00
Cr
21.50 ~ 23.50
P
0.04
Ni
8.50 ~ 10.50
S
0.03
Mo
2.50 ~ 3.50
N
0.08 ~ 0.20
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.00
Cu
0.75

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
100,000
690
20
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
120
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM E2553-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
AFM E2553-16 is primarily used to weld duplex stainless steels which contain approximately 25 percent of
chromium.
Weld metal deposited by AFM E2553-16 has duplex microstructure consisting of an austenite-ferrite matrix.
It combines increased tensile strength with improved resistance to pitting corrosive attack and to stress
corrosion cracking.

Dia. (inch)
Dia. (mm)
Length
AMPS
3/32
2.4 mm
12
50 ~ 75
1/8
3.2 mm
14
80 ~ 115
Cr
24.00 ~ 27.000
P
0.04
Ni
6.50 ~ 8.50
S
0.03
Mo
2.90 ~ 3.90
N
0.10 ~ 0.25
Mn
0.50 ~ 1.50
Cu
1.50 ~ 2.50

Tensile Strength
Elongation
psi
MPa
(%)
100,000
760
15
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
A
H
5/32
3/16
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
14
14
115 ~ 160 150 ~ 210

C
0.06
Si
1.00
T
O
B
121
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
AFM E2594-16
AWS/SFA A5.4
Description:
Superduplex grade 2594 electrodes provide matching chemistry and mechanical property characteristics
to wrought superduplex alloys such as 2507 and Zeron 100 as well as superduplex casting alloys (ASTM A890).
The welding wire is overalloyed 2 - 3 percent in Nickel to provide the optimum ferrite/austenite ratio
in the finished weld. This structure results in high tensile/yield strength and superior resistance to SCC
and pitting corrosion.
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
C
0.02
Cu
0.50
Mn
1.00
Mo
3.90
Si
1.00
S/P
0.01 / 0.025
Fe
Bal.
N
0.250
Cr
25.50
PREN
40 Min.
Ni
9.25
Typical Mechanical Properties of Weld Metal:
Yield Strength
Elongation 4 D
Reduction of Area
Impact @ 20 o C
Hardness HRC*
psi
MPa
psi
MPa
(%)
(%)
>
130,000
900
101,000
695
31
50
27 J
28 ~ 30
* Meets NACE MRO 175w
Standard Packaging:

I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
A
H
Tensile Strength
T
O
B
122
F
C
W
A
L
M
Click to Download
C
B
T
Stainless Steel Wires

AFM Product
AWS Classification
AFM ER308
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER308
125
AFM ER308H
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER308H
125
AFM ER308L
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER308L
126
AFM ER308LSi
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER308LSi
126
AFM ER309
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER309
127
AFM ER309L
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER309L
127
AFM ER309LSi
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER309LSi
128
AFM ER310
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER310
128
AFM ER312
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER312
129
AFM ER316
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER316
129
AFM ER316H
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER316H
130
AFM ER316L
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER316L
130
AFM ER316LSi
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER316LSi
131
AFM ER317L
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER317L
131
AFM ER330
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER330
132
AFM ER347
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER347
132
T
S
T
AFM ER347Si
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER347Si
133
AFM ER320
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER320
133
AFM ER320LR
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER320LR
134
AFM ER385 (904L)
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER385
134
A
E
R
O
AFM ER409Nb
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER409Nb
135
AFM ER410
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER410
135
AFM ER410NiMo
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER410NiMo
136
AFM ER420
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER420
136
AFM ER430
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER430
137
M
A
I
N
AFM ER630
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER630
137
AFM ER2209
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER2209
138
AFM ER2594
AWS/SFA A5.9
ER2594
139
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
I
N
F
O
Page
Flux Coated Stainless Steel TIG Wires
140 ~ 141
Welding Tips for Stainless Steel
142
Welding Tips for Flux Coated Stainless Steel TIG Wires
143
123
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T

AWS/SFA A5.9
Designates solid wires that maybe used as electrodes or rods.
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Designates the normal chemical composition of the filler metal.

Denotes carbon content restricted to the upper part of the range
that is specified for the standard grade of the specific filler
metal.
ER 308H
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Denotes carbon content restricted to the lower part of the range

that is specified for the corresponding grade of filler metal.
ER 308L
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
Denotes low residuals.
ER 308LR
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
124
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Stainless Steel Wire
AFM ER308
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
AFM ER308 is used for welding alloys 18-8, 19-9, and 20-10 such as AISI 201, 202, 204, 301, 302,
& 304 grades.
It is most often used to weld base metals of similar composition, in particular, Type 304.
Cr
19.50 ~ 22.00
P
0.03
Ni
9.00 ~ 11.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
N
-
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
0.75
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
M
A
G
T
S
T

C
0.08
Si
0.30 ~ 0.65
T
O
B
S
M
D
S
AFM ER308H
Description:
AWS/SFA A5.9
This classification is the same as AFM ER308, except that the allowable carbon content has been restricted to
the higher portion of the 308 range.
Carbon content in the range of 0.04-0.08 provides higher strength at elevated temperatures
AFM ER308H is used for welding 304H base metal.
C
0.04 ~ 0.08
Si
0.30 ~ 0.65
Cr
19.50 ~ 22.00
P
0.03
Ni
9.00 ~ 11.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.50
N
-
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
0.75
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
125
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM ER308L
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
This classification is the same as AFM ER308, except for the carbon content.
Low carbon (0.03 percent max.) in AFM ER308L reduces the possibility of intergranular carbide precipitation.
This increases the resistance to intergranular corrosion without the use of stabilizers such as columbium
(niobium) or titanium.
Strength of AFM ER308L, however, is less than that of the columbium (niobium)-stabilized alloys or
AFM ER308H at elevated temperatures.

C
0.03
Si
0.30 ~ 0.65
Cr
19.50 ~ 22.00
P
0.03
T
O
B
Ni
9.00 ~ 11.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
N
-
A
H
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
0.75
S
M
D
S
AFM ER308LSi
Description:
AWS/SFA A5.9
This classification is the same as AFM ER308L, except for the higher silicon content.
This improves the usability of the filler metal in the gas metal arc welding process.
If the dilution by the base metal produces a low ferrite or fully austenitic weld, the crack sensitivity of
the weld is somewhat higher than that of a lower silicon content weld metal.
C
0.03
Si
0.65 ~ 1.00
Cr
19.50 ~ 22.00
P
0.03
Ni
9.00 ~ 11.00
S
0.03
I
N
F
O
Mo
0.75
N
-
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
0.75
S
M
D
S
126
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
AFM ER309
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
AFM ER309 is used to weld alloy 309.

Occasionally, it is used to weld Type 304 and similar base metals where severe corrosion conditions exist
requiring higher alloy weld metal.
It is also used in dissimilar metal welds, such as joining Type 304 to carbon steel, welding the clad side of
Type 304 clad steels, and applying stainless steel sheet linings to carbon steel shells.
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
C
0.12
Si
0.30 ~ 0.65
Cr
23.00 ~ 25.00
P
0.03
Ni
12.00 ~ 14.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
N
-
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
0.75

S
M
D
S
AFM ER309L
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
This classification is the same as AFM ER309, except for the carbon content. Low carbon (0.03 percent max.)
in AFM ER309L reduces the possibility of intergranular carbide precipitation.
Strength of AFM ER309L, however, may not be as great at elevated temperatures as that of the columbium
(niobium)-stabilized alloys or AFM ER309.
I
N

C
0.03
Si
0.30 ~ 0.65
Cr
19.50 ~ 22.00
P
0.03
Ni
9.00 ~ 11.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
N
-
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
0.75

S
M
D
S
127
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
AFM ER309LSi
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
The classification is the same as AFM ER309L, except for higher silicon content.
This improves the usability of the filler metal in the gas metal arc welding processes.
Cr
23.00 ~ 25.00
P
0.03
Ni
12.00 ~ 14.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
N
-
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
0.75
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
M
A
G
T
S
T

C
0.12
Si
0.65 ~ 1.00
S
M
D
S
AFM ER310
Description:
AFM ER310 is used for welding 310 stainless.

It is also used for welding 304 clad and stainless overlay on mild and carbon steels.
It provides high strength and scaling resistance at elevated temperatures.

Cr
25.00 ~ 28.00
P
0.03
Ni
20.00 ~ 22.50
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
N
-
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
0.75
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
128
I
N
AWS/SFA A5.9
C
0.08 ~ 0.15
Si
0.30 ~ 0.65
T
O
B
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM ER312
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
AFM ER312 was originally designed to weld cast alloys of similar composition.
It also has been found to be valuable in welding dissimilar metals such as carbon steel to stainless steel,
particularly those grades high in nickel.
AFM ER312 gives a two-phase weld deposit with substantial percentages of ferrite in an austenite matrix.
Even with considerable dilution by austenite-forming elements such as nickel, the microstructure remains
two-phase and thus highly resistant to weld metal cracks and fissures.

C
0.15
Si
0.30 ~ 0.65
Cr
28.00 ~ 32.00
P
0.03
T
O
B
Ni
8.00 ~ 10.50
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
N
-
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
0.75
S
M
D
S
AFM ER316
Description:
AWS/SFA A5.9
AFM ER316 is used for welding Type 316 and similar alloys.
It has been used successfully in certain applications involving special base metals for high-temperature service.
The presence of molybdenum provides creep resistance at elevated temperatures and pitting resistance in
a halide atmosphere.
C
0.08
Si
0.30 ~ 0.65
Cr
18.00 ~ 20.00
P
0.03
Ni
11.00 ~ 14.00
S
0.03
Mo
2.00 ~ 3.00
N
-
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
0.75
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
129
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
AFM ER316H
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
AFM ER316H is the same as AFM ER316, except that the allowable carbon content has been restricted to
the higher portion of the 316 range.
Carbon content in the range of 0.04 to 0.08 wt.% provides higher strength at elevated temperatures.
It is used to weld 316H base metal.
Cr
18.00 ~ 20.00
P
0.03
Ni
11.00 ~ 14.00
S
0.03
Mo
2.00 ~ 3.00
N
-
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
0.75
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
M
A
G
T
S
T

C
0.04 ~ 0.08
Si
0.30 ~ 0.65
S
M
D
S
AFM ER316L
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
This classification is the same as AFM ER316, except for the carbon content. Low carbon (0.03 percent max.)
in AFM ER316L reduces the possibility of intergranular chromium carbide precipitation and thereby increases
the resistance to intergranular corrosion without the use of stabilizers such as columbium (niobium) or
titanium.
It is primarily used for welding lowcarbon molybdenum-bearing austenitic alloys.
AFM ER316L, however, is not as strong at elevated temperature as the columbium (niobium)-stabilized alloys
or Type ER316H.

C
0.03
Si
0.30 ~ 0.65
Cr
18.00 ~ 20.00
P
0.03
T
O
B
Ni
11.00 ~ 14.00
S
0.03
Mo
2.00 ~ 3.00
N
-
S
M
D
S
E
S
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
0.75
130
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
AFM ER316LSi
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
This classification is the same as AFM ER316L, except for the higher silicon content.
This improves the usability of the fill metal in the gas metal arc welding process.
If the dilution by the base metal produces a low ferrite or fully austenitic weld, the crack sensitivity is
somewhat higher than that of a lower silicon content weld metal.

C
0.04 ~ 0.08
Si
0.65 ~ 1.00
Cr
18.00 ~ 20.00
P
0.03
T
O
B
Ni
11.00 ~ 14.00
S
0.03
Mo
2.00 ~ 3.00
N
-
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
0.75
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
AFM ER317L
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
AFM ER317L is used to weld 316 and 317 base metals. Low carbon (0.03 percent max.) in AFM ER317L
reduces the possibility of intergranular carbide precipitation.
AFM ER317L, however, may not be as strong at elevated temperature as the columbium (niobium)-stabilized
alloys or Type 317.

C
0.03
Si
0.30 ~ 0.65
Cr
18.50 ~ 20.50
P
0.03
Ni
13.00 ~ 15.00
S
0.03
Mo
3.00 ~ 4.00
N
-
S
M
D
S
E
S
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
0.75
131
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
AFM ER330
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
AFM ER330 is commonly used where heat and scale resisting properties above 1800F (980C) are required,
except in high-sulphur environments, as these environments may adversely affect elevated temperature
performance.
Repairs of defects in alloy castings and the welding of castings and wrought alloys of similar composition are
the most common applications.
T
I
T
C
0.18 ~ 0.25
Si
0.30 ~ 0.65
Cr
15.00 ~ 17.00
P
0.03
Ni
34.00 ~ 37.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
N
-
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
0.75
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
AFM ER347
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
With the addition of Cb (Nb), the possibility of intergranular chromium carbide precipitation is reduced and
thus susceptibility to intergranular corrosion.
AFM ER347 is usually used for welding alloys 321 and 347.
Although Cb (Nb) is the stabilizing element usually specified in ER347, it should be recognized that tantalum
(Ta) is also present.
Ta and Cb (Nb) are almost equally effective in stabilizing carbon and in providing high-temperature strength.
If dilution by the base metal produces a low ferrite or fully austenitic weld metal, the crack sensitivity of
the weld may increase substantially.

C
0.08
Si
0.30 ~ 0.65
Cr
19.00 ~ 21.50
P
0.03
Ni
9.00 ~ 11.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
Cu
0.75
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Nb + Ta
10 x C Min. / 1.00 Max.
S
M
D
S
132
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
AFM ER347Si
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
AFM ER347Si is the same as AFM ER347, except for the higher silicon content.
This improves the usability of the filler metal in the gas metal arc welding process.
Cr
19.00 ~ 21.50
P
0.03
Ni
9.00 ~ 11.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
Cu
0.75
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Nb + Ta
10 x C Min. / 1.00 Max.
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
M
A
G
T
S
T

C
0.08
Si
0.65 ~ 1.00
S
M
D
S
AFM ER320
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
AFM ER320 is primarily used to weld base metals of similar composition, such as alloy 20, for applications
where resistance to severe corrosion is required for a wide range of chemicals including sulfuric and sulfurous
acids and their salts.
They can be used to weld both castings and wrought alloys of similar composition without postweld heat
treatment.

C
0.07
Si
0.60
Cr
19.00 ~ 21.00
P
0.03
T
O
B
Ni
32.00 ~ 36.00
S
0.03
Mo
2.00 ~ 3.00
Cu
3.00 ~ 4.00
Mn
2.50
Nb + Ta
8 x C Min. / 1.00 Max.
I
N
E
S
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
133
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM ER320LR
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
AFM ER320LR weld metal deposits have the same basic composition as that deposited by AFM ER320;
however, the elements of C, Si, P, and S are specified at lower maximum levels, and Cb (Nb) and Mn are
controlled within narrower ranges.
These changes reduce the weld metal fissuring (while maintaining the corrosion resistance) frequently
encountered in fully austenitic stainless steel weld metals.
Consequently, welding practices typically used for austenitic stainless steel weld metals containing ferrite can
be used in bare filler metal welding processes such as gas tungsten arc and gas metal arc.
AFM ER320LR has been used successfully in submerged arc overlay welding, but it may be prone to cracking
when used for joining base metal by the submerged arc process.
AFM ER320LR has a lower minimum tensile strength than AFM ER320.

C
0.025
Si
0.15
Cr
Ni
19.00 ~ 21.00 32.00 ~ 36.00
P
S
0.015
0.02
Mo
2.00 ~ 3.00
Cu
3.00 ~ 4.00
Mn
1.50 ~ 2.00
Nb + Ta
8 x C Min. / 1.00 Max.
S
M
D
S
AFM ER385 (904L)

AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
AFM ER385 is used primarily for welding of ASTM B625, B673, B674, and B677 (UNSN08904) materials for
the handling of sulfuric acid and many chloride containing media.
It may also be used to join Type 317L material where improved corrosion resistance in specific media is
needed.
AFM ER385 may be used for joining UNS N08904 base metals to other grades of stainless steel.
The elements C, S, P, and Si are specified at lower maximum levels to minimize weld metal hot cracking, and
fissuring (while maintaining corrosion resistance) frequently encountered in fully austenitic weld metals.

C
0.025
Si
0.50
Cr
19.50 ~ 21.50
P
0.02
T
O
B
Ni
24.00 ~ 26.00
S
0.03
Mo
4.20 ~ 5.20
N
-
S
M
D
S
F
C
I
N
E
S
Mn
1.00 ~ 2.50
Cu
1.20 ~ 2.00
134
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
AFM ER409Nb
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
AFM ER409Nb is the same as ER409 except that niobium (columbium)is used instead of titanium to achieve
similar results.
Oxidation losses across the arc are generally lower.
It is used to weld 409 stainless steel.
The greatest usage is for applications where thin stock is fabricated into exhaust system components.
T
I
T
C
0.08
Si
1.00
Cr
10.50 ~ 13.50
P
0.04
Ni
0.60
S
0.03
Mo
0.50
Cu
0.75
Mn
0.80
Nb + Ta
10 x C Min. / 1.00 Max.
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
S
M
D
S
AFM ER410
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
This 12 Cr alloy (wt.%) is an air-hardening steel.

Preheat and postheat treatments are required to achieve welds of adequate ductility for many engineering
purposes.
AFM ER410 is used to welding 403, 405, 410, and 416 stainless.
It is also used for deposition of overlays on carbon steels to resist corrosion, erosion, or abrasion.

C
0.12
Si
0.50
Cr
11.50 ~ 13.50
P
0.03
Ni
0.60
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
N
-
Mn
0.60
Cu
0.75
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
135
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM ER410NiMo
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
AFM ER410NiMo is primarily designed for welding ASTM CA6NM castings or similar material, as well as
light gage 410, 410S, and 405 base metals.
AFM ER410NiMo is modified to contain less chromium and more nickel to eliminate ferrite
in the microstructure as it has a deleterious effect on mechanical properties.
Final postweld heat treatment should not exceed 1150F (620C), as higher temperatures may result in
rehardening due to untempered martensite in the microstructure after cooling to room temperature.

C
0.06
Si
0.50
Cr
11.00 ~ 12.50
P
0.03
T
O
B
Ni
4.00 ~ 5.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.40 ~ 0.70
N
-
A
H
Mn
0.60
Cu
0.75
S
M
D
S
AFM ER420
Description:
AWS/SFA A5.9
AFM ER420 is similar to AFM ER410, except for slightly higher chromium and carbon contents.
AFM ER420 is used for many surfacing operations requiring corrosion resistance provided by 12 percent
chromium along with somewhat higher hardness than weld metal deposited by AFM ER410.
This increases wear resistance.
C
0.25 ~ 0.40
Si
0.50
Cr
12.00 ~ 14.00
P
0.03
Ni
0.60
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
N
-
Mn
0.60
Cu
0.75
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
136
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM ER430
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
This is a 16 Cr (wt.%) alloy. The composition is balanced by providing sufficient chromium to give adequate
corrosion resistance for the usual applications, and yet retain sufficient ductility in the heat-treated condition.
(Excessive chromium will result in lower ductility.)
Welding with AFM ER430 usually requires preheating and postweld heat treatment.
Optimum mechanical properties and corrosion resistance are obtained only when the weldment is heat treated
following the welding operation.

C
0.10
Si
0.50
Cr
15.50 ~ 17.00
P
0.03
Ni
0.60
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
N
-
S
M
D
S
AFM ER630
Description:
AFM ER630 is designed primarily for welding ASTM A564 Type 630 (alloy 17-4PH) and some other
precipitation-hardening stainless steels.
The composition is modified to prevent the formation of ferrite networks in the martensitic microstructure
which have a deleterious effect on mechanical properties.
Dependent on the application and weld size, the weld metal may be used either as-welded, welded
and precipitation hardened, or welded, solution treated, and precipitation hardened.

Ni
4.50 ~ 5.00
S
0.03
Mo
0.75
Cu
0.75
Mn
0.25 ~ 0.75
Nb + Ta
0.15 ~ 0.30

S
M
D
S
137
I
N
AWS/SFA A5.9
Cr
16.00 ~ 16.75
P
0.03
A
H
Mn
0.60
Cu
0.75
C
0.05
Si
0.75
T
O
B
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
AFM ER2209
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
AFM ER2209 is used primarily to weld duplex stainless steels which contain approximately 22 percent of
chromium such as UNS S31803 (alloy 2205).
Deposits have duplex microstructures consisting of an austenite-ferrite matrix.
AFM ER2209 is characterized by high tensile strength, resistance to stress corrosion cracking, and improved
resistance to pitting.

C
0.03
Si
0.90
Cr
21.50 ~ 23.50
P
0.03
T
O
B
Ni
7.50 ~ 9.50
S
0.03
Mo
2.50 ~ 3.50
N
0.08 ~ 0.20
Mn
0.50 ~ 2.00
Cu
0.75
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
138
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
AFM ER2594
AWS/SFA A5.9
Description:
Superduplex grade 2594 electrodes provide matching chemistry and mechanical property characteristics
to wrought superduplex alloys such as 2507 and Zeron 100 as well as superduplex casting alloys (ASTM A890).
The welding wire is overalloyed 2 - 3 percent in Nickel to provide the optimum ferrite/austenite ratio in
the finished weld. This structure results in high tensile/yield strength and superior resistance to SCC
and pitting corrosion.

C
0.02
Cu
0.50
Mn
1.00
Mo / W
3.9 / 0.04
Si
1.00
S/P
0.01 / 0.025
Fe
Bal.
N
0.250
Cr
25.50
PREN
40 Min.
Typical Mechanical Properties of Weld Metal:
Yield Strength
Elongation 4 D
Impact @ 20 o C
Hardness HRC*
psi
MPa
psi
MPa
(%)
>
A
H
Ni
9.25
Tensile Strength
T
O
B
123,000
850
94,000
650
28
27 J
23 ~ 28
* Meets NACE MRO175
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
139
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Flux Coated Stainless Steel TIG Wire
AFM Flux Coated Stainless Steel TIG
T
O
B
C
Applications:
AFM Flux Coated Stainless Steel TIG is used for butt welds in piping systems.
GTAW process has been recommended in welding of the first layer (root pass).
Conventional GTAW requires the use of Argon Gas for the back-bead shielding to prevent oxidation.
AFM Flux Coated Stainless Steel TIG can be used in place of the conventional GTAW process without
the use of argon gas.
One of the advantages in using AFM Flux Coated Stainless Steel TIG is the ability to cut costs by not having
to use Argon Gas.
T
I
T
Characteristics:
M
A
G
T
S
T
When AFM Flux Coated Stainless Steel TIG is melted and slag is produced, satisfactory back-beads are
obtained while the slag protects the bead from being oxidized by the atmosphere.
The slag can then be easily removed as it would in the SMAW process.
Product
AFM 308LFC
AFM 309LFC
AFM 316LFC
C
0.018
0.025
0.020
Si
0.35
0.37
0.37
Mn
1.71
1.76
1.73
P
0.022
0.021
0.021
S
0.007
0.006
0.007
Ni
10.12
13.14
12.31
Cr
20.9
23.6
19.3
Mo
2.10
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
140
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Flux Coated Stainless Steel TIG Wire
T
O
B
C
Subject:
Using Flux Coated Stainless Steel TIG Wire for GTAW welding in accordance with
the ASME Boiler & Pressure Vessel Code.
AFM Flux Coated Stainless Steel TIG is not included in the AWS and ASME specilications, however, it can
be qualified for Code use.
ASME B & PV Code, Section IX, Welding & Brazing Qualilications, permits the usc of any filler metal as long
as it is defined by the Code or in the welding procedure specification (WPS).
The user may specify the filler metal by a chemical composition range.
This range tnay be determined by any of the following:
from the chemical analysis of the weld deposit taken from the procedure qualification test coupon or,
from the chemical composition as reported by the manufacturers or suppliers certificate of compliance.
In lieu of an A-number designation, the nominal chetmical composition of the weld deposit shall be indicated
on the WPS and on the procedure qualification record.
Designation on nominal chemical composition may also be accomplished by using the manufacturers trade
designation.
This procedure is discussed in ASME Sect ion IX, QW-404.5.
By satisfying the above mentioned criteria one may use flux coated GTAW filler metal for boilers
(ASME Section 1), pressure vessels (ASME Section VIII), piping (ANSI/ASME B31.1 ), or a variety of
weldments fabricated to numerous other national standards.
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
141
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O

I. (GTAW - Gas Tungsten Arc Welding)
When using stainless steels with the gas tungsten arc process, direct current electrode negative
(dcen) is preferred.
For base metal up to 1/16 in. (1.6mm) thick, argon is the preferred shielding gas because there is
less tendency to melt through these lighter thicknesses.
For greater thickness, or for automatic welding, mixtures of helium and argon are recommended
because of the greater penetration and better surface appearance.
Argon gas for shielding may also be used and will give satisfactory results in most cases, but a somewhat higher
amperage will be required.
II. (GMAW - Gas Metal Arc Welding)
When using the gas metal arc welding process in which the filler metal is employed as an electrode, direct current
electrode positive (dcep) is most commonly used.
The shielding gas for spray transfer is usually argon, with or without minor additions of oxygen.
For short circuiting transfer, shielding gases composed of helium plus additions of oxygen and carbon dioxide
often are used.
The minimum thickness that can be welded is approximately 1/8 to 3/16 in. (3.2 to 4.8mm).
However, thinner sections can be joined if a backing is used.
The higher silicon levels improve the washing and wetting behavior of the weld metal.
For instance, for increases from 0.30 to 0.65 percent silicon, the improvement is pronounced; for increases from 0.65
to 1.0 % silicon, further improvement is experienced but is less pronounced.
III. (SAW - Submerged Arc Welding)
For submerged arc welding, direct current electrode positive (dcep) or alternating current (ac) may be used.
Basic or neutral fluxes are generally recommended in order to minimize silicon pickup and the oxidation of chromium
and other elements.
When welding with fluxes that are not basic or neutral, electrodes having a silicon content below the normal 0.30%
minimum may be desired for submerged arc welding.
Such active fluxes may contribute some silicon to the weld metal.
In this case, the higher silicon does not significantly improve the washing and wetting action of the weld metal.ww
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
142
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Flux Coated Stainless Steel Wire
T
O
B
C
Welding Tips for Flux Coated Stainless Steel TIG Wires

If the pieces to be welded with AFM flux coated tig wire are thicker than 12 Ga, they must be beveled.
The amperage to be used will depend on the thickness of the weldment and diameter of the tungsten.
The gap between the two pieces to be joined must be at least as wide as the diameter of the flux coated tig wire being
used.
The base materials that are being joined must also be tacked at enough places, so that the gap remains open.
If the gap sucks closed you will not succeed with AFM Flux Coated TIG Wire.
The gap is very important in this process.
When the process is started always begin on a tack.

In using AFM Flux Coated TIG Wire, you will see an orange puddle. and not the clear puddle as you would with bare
stainless tig wire.
We recommend you use a keyhole technique with AFM Flux Coated TIG Wire.
Do not dip the rod too fast, and you must usc the keyhole or you will not get the coverage on the backside.
If you dip too fast, the filler metal will lay and freeze on the top only.
The keyhole is also very important in this process.
Welding in all positions is possible with this wire. To weld out of position with this wire, you will need to vary your
amperage.
F
C
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
143
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Flux Cored Wires

For Carbon Steel
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM E70C-6M
AWS/SFA A5.18
E70C-6M
152
AFM E71T-1 (Unbaked)
AWS/SFA A5.20
E71T-1
153
AFM E71T-1 (Baked)
AWS/SFA A5.20
E71T-1
154
AFM E71T-11
AWS/SFA A5.20
E71T-11
AFM E71TGS
AWS/SFA A5.20
E71T-GS
Click to Download
155
156
For Heat-Resisting Steel

AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM E81T1-B2
AWS/SFA A5.29
E81T1-B2C
157
AFM E91T1-B3
AWS/SFA A5.29
E91T1-B2C
158
For Low Alloy Steel

AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM E81T1-Ni1
AWS/SFA A5.29
E81T1-Ni1M
159
AFM E81T1-Ni2
AWS/SFA A5.29
E81T1-Ni2C / E81T1-Ni2M
160
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
For Stainless Steel
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM Product
AWS Classification
AFM 308HT1-1
AWS/SFA A5.22
E308HT1-1/-4
161
AFM 308LT1-1
AWS/SFA A5.22
E308LT1-1/-4
162
AFM 309LMoT1-1
AWS/SFA A5.22
E309LMoT1-1/-4
163
AFM 309LT1-1
AWS/SFA A5.22
E309LT1-1/-4
164
AFM 316LT1-1
AWS/SFA A5.22
E316LT1-1/-4
165
AFM 317LT1-1
AWS/SFA A5.22
E317LT1-1/-4
AFM 347T1-1
Page
AWS/SFA A5.22
E347T1-1
Stainless Steel Flux Cored Wires
166
Click to Download
167
168 ~ 169
144
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
Flux Cored Wires
C
B
T

AWS/SFA A5.18
Designates use as either an electrode or rod (ER),

or use only as an electrode (E).
Indicates in 1000 psi increments, the minimum tensile strength
according to the A5.18 specification.
- In this case, 70 indicates 70 000 psi.
B
R
Z
T
O
B
C
Indicates whether the filler metal is solid (S) or composite (C).
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Indicates the chemical composition of a solid electrode or

the chemical composition of the weld metal produced by
a composite electrode.
The use of the GS suffix designates filler metals intended for
single pass applications only.
ER
E
ER
E
70
70
48
48
S
C
S
C
X
N HZ
X Y N HZ
X
N HZ
X Y N HZ
A
E
R
O
The letter N as a suffix to a classification indicates that

the weld metal is intended for the core belt region of nuclear
reactor vessels, as described in the Annex to the specification.
This suffix changes the limits on the phosphorus and copper
as follows:
P = 0.012% maximum / Cu = 0.08% maximum
Indicates the type of shielding gas used for classification of

composite electrodes.
Carbon dioxide (AWS A5.32 Class SG-C) is indicated by C
and 7580% Argon/balance CO2
(AWS A5.32 Class SG-AC-Y, where Y is 20 to 25) is indicated
by M.
M
A
I
N
Indicates in 10 MPa increments, the minimum tensile strength

according to the A5.18M specification.
- In this case, 48 indicates 480 MPa.
I
N
F
O
145
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Flux Cored Wires

AWS/SFA A5.20
Tensile strength designator.
For A5.20 this designator indicates the minimum tensile strength
(when multiplied by 10,000 psi) of the weld metal when the weld is
made in the manner prescribed by this specification.
For A5.20M two digits are used to indicate the minimum tensile
strength (when multiplied by 10 MPa).
B
R
Z
Position designator. This designator is either 0 or 1.

0 is for flat and horizontal positions only.
1 is for all positions (flat, horizontal, vertical with downward
progression and/or vertical with upward progression and overhead).
T
I
T
This designator identifies the electrode as a flux cored electrode.

Usability designator.
This designator is some number from 1 through 14 or the letter G
(or GS).
This designator refers to the usability of the electrode with
requirements for polarity and general operating characteristics.
The letter G indicates that the polarity and general operating
characteristics are not specified.
An S is used after the G to indicate that the electrode is suitable
only for single pass welding.
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
EXXT - XX-JXHX
Shielding gas designator.2

Indicates the type of shielding gas used for classification.
The letter C indicates that the electrode is classified using 100% CO2
shielding gas.
The letter M indicates that the electrode is classified using 7580%
Argon/balance CO2 shielding gas.
When no designator appears in this position, it indicates that
the electrode being classified is self-shielded and that no external
shielding gas was used.
A
H
F
C
I
N
Optional Supplemental Designators3 (J, X, HX)

The letter D or Q when present in this position indicates that
the weld metal will meet supplemental mechanical property
requirements with welding done using low heat input, fast cooling rate
procedures and using high heat input, slow cooling rate procedures as
prescribed on page 128.
The letter J when present in this position designates that
the electrode meets the requirements for improved toughness and will
deposit weld metal with Charpy V-Notch properties of at least 20 ftlbf
at 40F [27J at 40C] when the welds are made in a manner
prescribed by this specification.
Notes:
1. The combination of these designators constitutes the flux cored electrode classification.
2. See AWS A5.32/A5.32M.
3. These designators are optional and do not constitute a part of the flux cored electrode classification.
T
O
B
146
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
Flux Cored Wires
C
B
T

AWS/SFA A5.22
T
O
B
C
Indicates a welding electrode.

Designates a composition of the weld metal.
B
R
Z
Designates a flux cored welding electrode.

Designates recommended position of welding:
0 = flat and horizontal; 1 = all position
Designates the external shielding gas to be employed during
welding specified for classification.
T
I
T
M
A
G
E XXX TX - X J

the electrode meets the requirement of toughness and will deposit
weld metal with Charpy V-Notch properties of at least 0.015 in
[0.38 mm] lateral expansion at -320 F [-196 C]
F
C
R XXX T1 - 5
Designates the external shielding gas to be employed during welding.
Type of shielding gas is 1005 Argon SG-A.
T
S
T
Designates recommended position of welding: 1 = all position.
Designates a flux cored welding rod.
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Designates composition of the weld metal.

Indicates a welding rod.
This symbol indicates metal cored electrode.
EC XXX
E
S
This symbol indicates the alloy content of the deposited weld metal.
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
147
A
L
M
C
B
T
Flux Cored Wires

AWS/SFA A5.29
Tensile strength designator.
For A5.29 this designator indicates the minimum tensile strength
(when multiplied by 10 ksi) of the weld metal when the weld is made
in the manner prescribed by this specification.
Two digits arc used for weld metal of 100 ksi minimum tensile strength
and higher.
For A5.29M two digits are used to indicate the minimum tensile
strength (when multiplied by 10 MPa).
B
R
Z
Positionality designator.
This designator is either 0 or 1.
0 is for flat and horizontal positions only.
1 is for all positions (flat, horizontal, vertical with downward
progression and/or vertical with upward progression and overhead).
T
I
T
This designator identifies the electrode as a flux cored electrode.

Usability designator.
This designator is the number 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or the letter G.
The number refers to the usability of the electrode.
The letter G indicates that the polarity and general operating
characteristics arc not specified.
M
A
G
Deposit composition designator.

Two, three or four digits are used to designate the chemical
composition of the deposited weld metal).
The letter G indicates that the chemical composition is not specified.
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
EXXTX - XX-JHX
Shielding gas designatorb.

Indicates the type of shielding gas used for classification.
The letter C indicates a shielding gas of I 00% CO2.
The letter M indicates a shielding gas of 75-80% Argon/balance CO2.
When no designator appears in this position, it indicates that
the electrode being classified is self-shielded and that no external
shielding gas was used.
Optional Supplemental Designatorsc (J, HX)

Optional supplemental diffusible hydrogen designator
the electrode meets the requirements for improved toughness and will
deposit weld metal with Charpy V-Notch properties of at least
20 ftlbf [27J] at a test temperature of 20F [10C] lower than
the temperature shown for that classification in Table I U [Table I M].
Notes:
a. The combination of these designators constitutes the flux cored electrode classification.
Note that specific chemical compositions are not always identified with specific mechanical properties in the specification.
A supplier is required by the specification to include the mechanical properties appropriate for a particular electrode in the classification of the electrode.
Thus. for example, a complete designation is E80T5-Ni3. EXXT5-Ni3 is not a complete classification.
b. See AWS A5.32/A5.32M, Specification for Welding Shielding Gases.
c. These designators arc optional and do not constitute a part of the flux cored electrode classification.
I
N
F
O
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
148
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Flux Cored Wires
T
O
B
C
AWS A5.20/A5.20M:2005
Diffusible Hydrogen Limits for Weld Metala

Optional Supplemental
Diffusible Hydrogen
Designatorb, c, d
Average Diffusible Hydrogen,

Maximume, f mL/100g
Deposited Metal
H16
16.0
H8
8.0
H4
4.0
Notes:
a. Limits on diffusible hydrogen when tested in accordance with AWS A4.3.
b. See page 127.
c. The lower diffusible hydrogen levels (H8 and H4) may not be available in some classifications.
d. Electrodes which satisfy the diffusible hydrogen limit for the H4 designator also satisfy the limits for
the H8 and H16 designators.
Electrodes which satisfy the diffusible hydrogen limit for the H8 category also satisfy the limits for
the H16 designator.
e. These hydrogen limits are based on welding in air containing a maximum of 10 grains of water per pound
1.43 g/kg] of dry air.
Testing at any higher atmospheric moisture level is acceptable provided these limits are satisfied.
f. The maximum average diffusible hydrogen requirement for electrodes identified with the Q optional,
supplemental designator shall be either 5.0 mL/100 g deposited metal or 8.0 mL/100 g deposited metal
when testing according to the provisions of this specification.
A
H
F
C
I
N
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
149
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Flux Cored Wires

AWS A5.20/A5.20M:2005
Procedure Requirements for D and Q Optional Supplemental Designators

Optional
Supplemental
Designator
Procedure Heat Input

(Fast or Slow
Cooling Rate)
Preheat
Temperature
F [C]
Interpass
Temperature
F [C]
Heat Input
Requirement for
Any Single Passa
Required Average
Heat Input for
All Passesa
For electrode diameters < 3/32 in [2.4 mm]

low
(fast cooling rate)
70 25F
[20 15C]
200 25F
[90 15C]
30 +2, 5 kJ/in
[1.2 +0.1, 0.2 kJ/mm]
For electrode diameters 3/32 in [2.4 mm]
33 kJ/in
[1.3 kJ/mm]
maximum
44 kJ/in
[1.7 kJ/mm] maximum
40 +2, 5 kJ/in
[1.6 +0.1, 0.2 kJ/mm]
high
(slow cooling rate)
300 25F
500 50F
[150 15C] [260 25C]
75 kJ/in
[3.0 kJ/mm] minimum
80 +5, 2 kJ/in
[3.1 +0.2, 0.1 kJ/mm]
low
(fast cooling rate)
70 25F
[20 15C]
33 kJ/in
[1.3 kJ/mm] maximum
30 +2, 5 kJ/in
[1.2 +0.1, 0.2 kJ/mm]
high
(slow cooling rate)
300 25F
300 25F
[150 15C] [150 15C]
60 kJ/in
[2.4 kJ/mm] minimum
70 +5, 2 kJ/in
[2.8 +0.2, 0.1 kJ/mm]
150F max.
[65C max.]
Note:
a. Does not apply to first layer. The first layer may have one or two passes.
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
150
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Flux Cored Wires

AWS A5.20/A5.20M:2005
Mechanical Property Requirements for D and Q Optional Supplemental Designators

Optional Supplemental Designator
Tensile Test Requirements
Minimum Charpy V-Notch Requirements
58 ksi [400 MPa] min. yield strength

70 ksi [490 MPa] min. tensile strength
22% min. % elongation in 2 in [50 mm]
40 ftlbf at +70F [54J at +20C]

(see Notes a, b)
58 to 80 ksi [400550 MPa] yield strength

for high heat input, slow cooling rate test
90 ksi [620 MPa] max. yield strength

for low heat input, fast cooling rate test
20 ftlbf at 20F [27J at 30C]

(see Note d)
22% min. % elongation in 2 in [50 mm]

(see Note c)
Notes:
a. Five specimens are to be tested. The lowest and highest values obtained from each of five specimens from a single test plate shall
be disregarded.
Two of the remaining three values shall equal, or exceed, the specified toughness of 40 ftlbf [54J] energy level at the testing
temperature.
One of the three may be lower, but not lower than 30 ftlbf [41J], and the average of the three shall not be less than the required
40 ftlbf [54J] energy level.
b. The electrode shall also meet a minimum toughness requirement of 20 ftlbf at 0F [27J at 18C] when tested according to
the standard A5.20[A5.20M] classification test requirements.
c. Tensile specimens shall not be aged when testing for the Q designator.
d. Five specimens shall be tested. One of the five specimens may be lower than the specified 20 ftlbf [27 J] energy level, but not
lower than 15 ftlbf [20 J], and the average of the five shall not be less than the required minimum 20 ftlbf [27 J] energy level.
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
151
A
L
M
C
B
T
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E70C-6M
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Typical chemical composition of all-weld-metal (%):
M
A
G
T
S
T
75% ~ 85% Ar
+
Shielding Gas Balance CO2
or
100 % CO2
M
A
I
N
Ni*
Mn
1.75
Cr**
Si
0.90
Mo**
S
0.03
V*
P
0.03
Cu
0.50
0.20
0.30
0.08
0.50
0.12
A
H
F
C
* Use of a shielding gas other than that specified will result in different weld metal composition.
** The sum of Ni, Cr, Mo & V shall not exceed 0.50%
Typical mechanical properties of all-weld-metal:

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
A
E
R
O
AWS/SFA A5.18
AFM E70C-6M is designed for welding of 490MPa high tensile steel with only Ar + CO2 mixtures.
It is especially suitable for fillet welding and has a high tolerance to primer.
It is a metal type of flux cored wire for flat and horizontal position welding and provides excellent CVN
toughness at low temperatures.
It features good penetration, high resisitance to porosity, good wetting behaviour as well as low hydrogen
contents.
AFM E70C-6M is intended for semi-automatic, automatic, singleand multiple pass welding.
The shielding gas should be used Ar + 20 ~ 25% CO2 for welding.
Elongation in 2
psi
MPa
psi
MPa
(%)
70,000
480
58,000
400
22
Standard Packaging:
0.045
1.2 mm
0.052
1.4 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
25 Lb & 44 Lb Spools
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
T
O
B
152
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E71T-1 (Unbaked)

AWS/SFA A5.20
AFM E71T-1 (Unbaked) is designed for welding of 490 MPa high tensile strength steel with outstanding
mechanical properties.
The wire is a titania type of flux cored wire for all-position welding.
It provides low fume generation and has good impact strength at low temperatures.
AFM E71T-1 (Unbaked Wire) has excellent usability with stable arc, less spatter levels, better bead appearance
as like a solid wire.
The shielding gas is 100% CO2.
Applications:
M
A
G
Shielding Gas
CO2 100%
C
0.03
Mn
1.35
Si
0.38
S
0.010
A
H
AFM E71T-1 (Unbaked) is commonly used for machineries, shipbuilding, offshore structures,
bridges & general fabrications.
T
O
B
P
0.015

T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Charphy V-Notch
psi
MPa
psi
MPa
(%)
@ 0oF
75,000
520
82,000
570
28
20ft. Lbs
Standard Packaging:
0.045
1.2 mm
0.052
1.4 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
60Lb Coils
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
153
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E71T-1 (Baked)
M
A
G
AWS/SFA A5.20
AFM E71T-1 (Baked) is designed for welding of 490 MPa high tensile strength steel with slow freezing
slag system.
The wire is a titania type of flux cored wire for all-position welding.
It produces excellent mechanical properties, easy slag removal, low spatter loss smooth bead surface,
high X-ray safety.
AFM E71T-1 (Baked) is a very efficient method of the welding due to the higher deposition rate.
It can be used with 100% CO2 or 75% Ar + 25% CO2
Applications:
AFM E71T-1 (Baked) is commonly used for machineries, shipbuilding, offshore structures, bridges &
general fabrications.

Shielding Gas
CO2 100%
C
0.04
Mn
1.30
Si
0.45
S
0.012
T
O
B
P
0.015

T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
Charphy V-Notch
psi
MPa
psi
MPa
(%)
@ 0oF
75,000
520
84,000
580
29
20ft. Lbs
Standard Packaging:
0.045
1.2 mm
0.052
1.4 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
60Lb Coils
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
154
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E71T-11
AWS/SFA A5.20
AFM E71T-11 is a self-shielded flux cored wire for lap and fillet welds of mild and medium tensile steels not
exceeding 510 MPa.
It is suitable for a variety of applications such as prefab. building fabrication, tanks, ornamental iron,
farm implement, repairs and general fabrication.
Characteristics on Usage:
Wire is for all-positional welding of single and multiple pass fabrications.

The arc characteristics are so smooth and stable, even the most novice welder can produce good welds.
It is designed for on site general fabrication and structural work requiring no impact properties.
It can be used DCEN polarity.
ASTM A36 Gr. all; A 123; A 179; A 181 Gr. 60, 70; A266 Gr. 1; A283 Gr. A. B, C. D; A284
Gr. C. D: A285 Gr. A, B, C; A500 Gr. all; A501 Gr. all; A556 Gr. A2; A557 Gr. B2. C2:
A562; A619-622; A 709 Gr. 36. 50.
Shielding Gas
None
C
010
Mn
0.55
Si
0.10
S
0.006
P
0.016
Yield Strength
Elongation in 2
psi
MPa
psi
MPa
(%)
Al
1.20
72,500
500
76,800
530
23
Size available & Recommended currents - DC Wire (-):

Diameter
(mm)
Amp.
0.045
(1.2 mm)
80 ~ 200
I
N
F
O
1/16
(1.6 mm)
160 ~ 270
5/64
(2.0 mm)
180 ~ 280
S
M
D
S
155

Tensile Strength
Base Materials:
T
O
B
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E71TGS
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.20
AFM E71TGS is a self-shielded flux-cored wire for general purpose use and welding in all positions.
It is especially suited for single-pass fillet and lap welds on thin-gauge mild or galvanized steel.
Applications:
AFM E71TGS is used for prefab, building fabrication, tanks, ornamental iron, farm implement, repairs
and general fabrication.
T
I
T
Characteristics on Usage:
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Wire is for all-positional welding of single pass automatic and semiautomatic fabrications.
It can be applicable for aluminized steel and galvanized steel from 0.045 (1.2 mm) to 3/16 (4.8 mm).
It is designed for on site general fabrication and structural work requiring no impact properties.
It can be used DCEN polarity.
Shielding Gas
None
C
016
Mn
0.82
Si
0.31

Tensile Strength
Longitudinal Guided Bend Test
psi
MPa
No Defects
S
0.006
P
0.014
Al
1.30
75,400
520
Size available & Recommended currents - DC Wire (+), (-):

Diameter
(mm)
Amp.
0.045
(1.2 mm)
80 ~ 200
1/16
(1.6 mm)
160 ~ 270
5/64
(2.0 mm)
180 ~ 280
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
156
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E81T1-B2
AFM E81T1-B2 is an all-position flux cored wire that contains 1-1/4% Cr-1/2% Mo.
The weld metal analysis is very similar to AFM E8018-B2 low hydrogen electrode.
It is used for welding 1/2% Cr-1/2% Mo, 1% Cr-1/2% Mo, and 1-1/4% Cr-1/2% Mo steels,
such as ASTM A335-P11 pipe and ASTM A387 Gr.11 plate.
The wire can be used in either single or multiple pass welding.
AFM E81T1-B2 should be used with 100% CO2 shielding gas.
C
0.05 ~ 0.12
Mn
1.25
P
0.030
A
E
R
O
S
0.030
Si
0.80
Ni
-
Cr
1.00-1.50
A
H
Mo
0.40 ~ 0.65
Tension Test Requirements:

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength @ 0.2% Offset, Min.
T
S
T
AWS/SFA A5.29
Chemical Composition Requirements for Undiluted Weld Metal:
Elongation in 2
psi
MPa
psi
MPa
(%)
80,000 ~ 100,000
550 ~ 690
68,000
470
19 Min.
Standard Packaging:
0.045
1/16
1.2 mm
1.6 mm
T
O
B
33 Lb Spools
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
157
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E91T1-B3
AWS/SFA A5.29
AFM E91T1-B3 is an all-position flux cored wire that contains 2-1/4% Cr-1% Mo.
The weld metal analysis is similar to AFM E9018-B3 low hydrogen electrode.
It is recommended for welding 2-1/4% Cr-1% Mo steels, such as ASTM A335-P22 pipe and ASTM A387 r.22
plate, and can be used for single or multiple pass welding.
AFM E91T1-B3 should be used with 100% CO2 shielding gas.
T
I
T
M
A
G
C
0.05 ~ 0.12
Mn
1.25
P
0.030
A
E
R
O
Si
0.80
Ni
-
Cr
2.00-2.50
Mo
0.90 ~ 1.20

Tensile Strength
T
S
T
S
0.030
Elongation in 2
psi
MPa
psi
MPa
(%)
1.2 mm
1.6 mm
A
H
F
C
90,000 ~ 110,000
620 ~ 760
78,000
540
17 Min.
Standard Packaging:
0.045
1/16
T
O
B
33 Lb Spools
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
158
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E81T1-Ni1
AWS/SFA A5.29
AFM E81T1-Ni1 is an all-position wire which has a smooth, easily controlled arc that produces a spray-like
transfer.
The easily removable slag firmly holds the molten puddle for out-of-position work.
It exhibits excellent low temperature impact toughness as welded and stress relieved.
AFM E81T1-Ni1 is commonly used on petrochemical equipment, offshore oil construction, ship fabrication,
and heavy machinery.
The weld metal analysis is similar to AFM E8018-C3 low hydrogen electrode and is used with
a 75% Ar +25% CO2 shielding gas.

C
0.12
Mn
1.50
P
0.030
S
0.030
Si
0.80
Ni
0.80 ~ 1.10
Cr
0.15
Mo
0.35
Tensile Strength
Elongation in 2
psi
MPa
psi
MPa
(%)
V
0.05
1.2 mm
1.6 mm
80,000 ~ 110,000
550 ~ 690
68,000
470
19 Min.
Standard Packaging:
0.045
1/16
T
O
B
33 Lb Spools
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
159
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E81T1-Ni2
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.29
AFM E81T1-Ni2 is an all-position flux cored wire that deposits 2-1/2% Ni deposit with an 80 ksi tensile
strength.
It may be used with CO2 or Argon mixtures, which reduce spatter and further improve weldability.
It is used commonly used on shipbuilding and heavy machinery construction.
The weld metal analysis is similar to AFM E8018-C1 low hydrogen electrode.
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
C
0.12
Mn
1.50
P
0.030
S
0.030
Si
0.80
Ni
1.75 ~ 2.75

Tensile Strength
Elongation in 2
psi
MPa
psi
MPa
(%)
90,000 ~ 110,000
620 ~ 760
78,000
540
17 Min.
Standard Packaging:
0.045
1/16
1.2 mm
1.6 mm
33 Lb Spools
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
160
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E308HT1-1/-4
AFM E308HT1-1/-4 is formulated for MAG welding of 18% Cr - 8% Ni stainless steel for high temperature
service. (SUS 304H, 307H & 308H).
It is titania type flux cored wire for all position welding.
AFM E308HT1-1/-4 provides low spatter, easy slag removal & excellent weld soundness for your welding job.
It is also developed for welding steel resistant to austenitic fluency type CrNi / AISI 304H in working
temperatures up to +600 C [+1,112 F].
[Recommended Welding Tips]
Recommended shielding gas - 100% CO2 Gas or Ar + 20% ~ 25% CO2 gas.
The optimum gas flow - For CO2 Gas - 20l/min ~ 25l/min [42.40 cfh ~ 53 cfh].
It is strongly recommended to use the wind shield screen to prevent the possible blowholes.
- Wind velocity 2m/sec [ 6.56 ft/sec]
Electrode Extension -15 mm ~ 25 mm [0.56 ~ 0.98].
AWS Classification
AFM 308HT1-1/-4
M
A
I
N
Si
Mn
Cr
Ni
Ferrite No.
0.04 ~ 0.08
1.0
0.5 ~ 2.5
0.04
0.03
18.0 ~ 21.0
9.0 ~ 11.0
0.06
0.60
1.04
0.02
0.007
19.50
10.00
6.0
AFM 308HT1-1/-4
Tensile Strength
(N/mm2) - MPa
550
580
I
N
Elongation
%
35
40
Available sizes & Recommended Welding Parameters (DC+):

Position / Diameter
Flat
Horizontal Fillet
Vertical Up
0.045 (1.2 mm)

Current (A)
180 ~ 220
180 ~ 220
Voltage (V)
25 ~ 35
25 ~ 35
120 ~ 160
20 ~ 30
I
N
F
O
1/16
(1.6 mm)
Current (A) Voltage (V)
200 ~ 280
25 ~ 35
200 ~ 280
25 ~ 35
160 ~ 220
20 ~ 30
S
M
D
S
161
A
H
Typical Mechanical Properties of all-weld-metal:

AWS Classification
A
E
R
O
AWS/SFA A5.22
Typical Chemical Composition of all-weld-metal (%):
T
O
B
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E308LT0-1/-4 & AFM E308LT1-1/-4
AWS/SFA A5.22
AFM E308LT0-1/-4 & E308LT1-1/-4 are designed for MAG welding of low carbon 18% Cr ~ 8% Ni
stainless steel.
AFM E308LT0-1/-4 is titania type of flux cored wire for flat & horizontal position welding.
AFM E308LT1-1/-4 is titania type of flux cored wire for all position welding.
AFM E308LT series wires provide stable arc, easier slag removal, less spatter & welding fume than solid wires.
The weld metal with optimum ferrite contents in its austenitic structures provides excellent weldability and
lower crack susceptibility.
AWS Classification
AFM 308LT0-1/-4
AFM 308LT1-1/-4
Si
Mn
Cr
Ni
Ferrite No.
0.04
1.0
0.5 ~ 2.5
0.04
0.03
18.0 ~ 21.0
9.0 ~ 11.0
0.03
0.65
1.35
0.020
0.010
19.60
9.60
0.03
0.62
1.38
0.022
0.009
19.80
9.80
10

Yield Strength
Tensile Strength
Elongation
(N/mm2) - MPa
(N/mm2) - MPa
520
570
572
%
30
39
41
AWS Classification
431
422
AFM 308LT0-1/-4
AFM 308LT1-1/-4
Position / Diameter
0.045 (1.2 mm)
AFM E308LT0-1/-4 & AFM E308LT1-1/-4
Flat
Horizontal Fillet
AFM E308LT0-1/-4 & AFM E308LT1-1/-4
Vertical Up
AFM E308LT1-1/-4 Only
AFM E308LT0-1/-4 & AFM E308LT1-1/-4
I
N
F
O
Current (A)
180 ~ 220
180 ~ 220
Voltage (V)
25 ~ 35
25 ~ 35
120 ~ 160
20 ~ 30
48 J [35.40 ft/lb]
46 J [33.93 ft/lb]
1/16
(1.6 mm)
200 ~ 280
25 ~ 35
200 ~ 280
25 ~ 35
160 ~ 220
20 ~ 30
S
M
D
S
162
I
N
Charpy V-Notch
Impact Value
-20 C [-68 F]

Product
A
H

Recommended shielding gas - 100% CO2 Gas or 80% Ar + 20% CO2 gas.
T
O
B
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E309LMoT1-1/-4
AWS/SFA A5.22
AFM E309LMoT1-1/-4 is a titania type of flux cored wire for all-position welding.
This product is designed for MAG welding of low carbon 22% Cr ~12% Ni-Mo stainless steels.
Dissimilar joint welds ; of and between high-strength, mild steels and low-alloyed QT-steels, stainless, ferritic
Cr- and austenitic Cr-Ni steels, manganese steels.
Cladding ; for the first layer of corrosion resistant weld claddings on ferritic-pearlitic steels in boiler and
pressure vessel parts up to fine-grained steel S500N.
Weld metals contain comparatively much more ferrite in their austenitic, therefore they provide better
weldability together with superior heat resistance, and corrosion resistance for Mo-alloyed claddings
the product is necessary for the 1st layer.
AWS Classification
AFM 309LMoT1-1/-4
Mn
Si
0.04
0.5 ~ 2.5
1.0
0.04
0.03
0.035
1.20
0.60
0.017
0.010
Cr
Ni
21.0 ~ 25.0 12.0 ~ 16.0 2.0 ~ 3.0

22.80
13.30

Yield Strength
Tensile Strength
Elongation
(N/mm2) - MPa
(N/mm2) - MPa
520
680
%
25
33
AWS Classification
560
AFM 309LMoT1-1/-4
Mo
2.50
A
H

Recommended shielding gas - 100% CO2 Gas only.
T
O
B
Ferrite No.
-
20
Charpy V-Notch
Impact Value
0 C [32 F]
40 J [29.50 ft/lb]

Position / Diameter
Flat
Horizontal Fillet
Vertical Up
0.045 (1.2 mm)

Current (A)
180 ~ 220
180 ~ 220
Voltage (V)
25 ~ 35
25 ~ 35
120 ~ 160
20 ~ 30
1/16
(1.6 mm)
200 ~ 280
25 ~ 35
200 ~ 280
25 ~ 35
160 ~ 220
20 ~ 30
S
M
D
S
163
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E309LT0-1/-4 & AFM E309LT1-1/-4

AWS/SFA A5.22
B
R
Z
AFM E309LT0-1/-4 & E309LT1-1/-4 are designed for MAG welding of 22% Cr ~ 12% Ni steel and heat
resistant & dissimilar joint such as a stainless steel to carbon steel of low alloy steel.
Under layer welding on clad side groove claded stainless steel or carbon steel where stainless steel weld metal
is overlayed.
T
I
T
AFM E309LT series wires provide stable arc, easier slag removal, less spatter & welding fume than solid wires.
The weld metal with optimum ferrite contents in its austenitic structures provides excellent weldability and
lower crack susceptibility.
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O

AWS Classification
AFM 309LT0-1/-4
AFM 309LT1-1/-4
Si
Mn
Cr
Ni
Ferrite No.
0.04
1.0
0.5 ~ 2.5
0.04
0.03
22.0 ~ 25.0
12.0 ~ 14.0
0.035
0.75
1.30
0.022
0.009
22.80
12.30
18
0.029
0.64
1.33
0.019
0.011
23.30
12.80
20

Yield Strength
Tensile Strength
Elongation
(N/mm2) - MPa
(N/mm2) - MPa
520
590
593
%
30
37
38
AWS Classification
432
426
AFM 309LT0-1/-4
AFM 309LT1-1/-4
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
Charpy V-Notch
Impact Value
0 C [32 F]
50 J [36.88 ft/lb]
48 J [35.40 ft/lb]

Position / Diameter
Product
0.045 (1.2 mm)
AFM E309LT0-1/-4 & AFM E309LT1-1/-4
Flat
Horizontal Fillet
AFM E309LT0-1/-4 & AFM E309LT1-1/-4
Vertical Up
AFM E309LT0-1/-4 & AFM E309LT1-1/-4
Current (A)
180 ~ 220
180 ~ 220
Voltage (V)
25 ~ 35
25 ~ 35
120 ~ 160
20 ~ 30
1/16
(1.6 mm)
200 ~ 280
25 ~ 35
200 ~ 280
25 ~ 35
160 ~ 220
20 ~ 30
S
M
D
S
164
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E316LT0-1/-4 & AFM E316LT1-1/-4

AWS/SFA A5.22
AFM E316LT0-1/-4 & E316LT1-1/-4 are designed for welding of low carbon 18%Cr ~12%Ni ~ 2% Mo
stainless steel.
Under layer welding on clad side groove claded stainless steel or carbon steel where stainless steel weld metal
is overlayed.
AFM E309LT series wires provide excellent usability with stable arc, less spattering, good bead appearance,
better slag removal, and less quantity of welding fume comparable to solid wire.
Excellent weldability and increased creep resistance at elevated temperature.
AWS Classification
AFM 316LT0-1/-4
AFM 316LT1-1/-4
Si
Mn
Cr
Ni
Ferrite No.
0.04
1.0
0.5 ~ 2.5
0.04
0.03
17.0 ~ 20.0
11.0 ~ 14.0
0.030
0.62
1.42
0.022
0.011
18.56
12.39
0.031
0.60
1.33
0.021
0.010
18.61
12.44

Yield Strength
Tensile Strength
Elongation
(N/mm2) - MPa
(N/mm2) - MPa
485
575
578
%
30
42
42
AWS Classification
425
422
AFM 316LT0-1/-4
AFM 316LT1-1/-4
Product
0.045 (1.2 mm)
AFM E316LT0-1/-4 & AFM E316LT1-1/-4
Flat
Horizontal Fillet
AFM E316LT0-1/-4 & AFM E316LT1-1/-4
Vertical Up
AFM E316LT0-1/-4 & AFM E316LT1-1/-4
Current (A)
180 ~ 220
180 ~ 220
Voltage (V)
25 ~ 35
25 ~ 35
120 ~ 160
20 ~ 30
Charpy V-Notch
Impact Value
0 C [32 F]
1/16
(1.6 mm)
200 ~ 280
25 ~ 35
200 ~ 280
25 ~ 35
20 ~ 30
S
M
D
S
165
55 J [40.57 ft/lb]
58 J [42.78 ft/lb]
160 ~ 220

Position / Diameter

T
O
B
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E317LT1-1/-4
AWS/SFA A5.22
AFM E317LT1-1/-4 is formulated for MAG Welding of 19% Cr ~ 13% Ni ~ 3% Mo stainless Steels.
The principal area of application is process and chemical plant, shuipbuilding as well as nuclear plant
industries (AISI 316L, 316LN, 317L, 317NL & UNS S31726)
AFM E317LT1-1/-4 is a titania type of flux cored wire with all-position welding.
It has low spatter, easy slag removal & good weld soundness.
It also contains higher levels of Mo for increased corrosion-resistance when compared to AFM E316LT1-1/-4.
Recommended shielding gas - 100% CO2 Gas.
The optimum flow of CO2 for shielding is 20l/min. ~ 25l/min [42.40 cfh ~ 53 cfh].
For multi-layer welding, keep preheat & inter-pass temperature below 150 C [302 F].

AWS Classification
AFM 317LT1-1/-4
Si
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
0.04
1.0
0.5 ~ 2.5
0.04
0.03
18.0 ~ 21.0
12.0 ~ 14.0
3.0 ~ 4.0
0.03
0.65
1.26
0.02
0.07
18.9
13.7
3.5
AFM 316LT1-1
Tensile Strength
(N/mm2) - MPa
520
610
Elongation
%
20
36
Position / Diameter
Flat
Horizontal Fillet
Vertical Up
Current (A)
180 ~ 220
180 ~ 220
Voltage (V)
25 ~ 35
25 ~ 35
120 ~ 160
20 ~ 30
1/16
(1.6 mm)
200 ~ 280
25 ~ 35
200 ~ 280
25 ~ 35
160 ~ 220
20 ~ 30
S
M
D
S
166

0.045 (1.2 mm)
A
H

AWS Classification
T
O
B
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Flux Cored Wires
AFM E347T1-1
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.22
AFM E347T1-1 is formulated for MAG Welding of 18% Cr ~ 8% Ni-Nb stainless Steels.
(AISI 347, 321, ASTM A296; A157 Gr. C9; A320 Gr. B8C or D)
AFM E347T1-1 is a titania type of flux cored wire with all-position welding.
It has low spatter, easy slag removal & good weld soundness.
Nb componet improves the resistance to intergranular corrosion of the weld metal.

Recommended shielding gas - 100% CO2 Gas or 75% ~ 80% Ar + 20% ~ 25% CO2 gas.
The optimum flow of CO2 for shielding is 20l/min. ~ 25l/min [42.40 cfh ~ 53 cfh].
For multi-layer welding, keep preheat & inter-pass temperature below 150 C [302 F].
AWS Classification
AFM 347T1-1
Si
Mn
Cr
Ni
Mo
0.08
1.0
0.5 ~ 2.5
0.04
0.03
18.0 ~ 21.0
9.0 ~ 11.0
8 x C ~ 1.0
0.03
0.60
1.26
0.02
0.07
19.3
10.1
0.40

AWS Classification
AFM 347T1-1
Tensile Strength
(N/mm2) - MPa
520
586
Elongation
%
30
41
Impact Value (J)

-18 C
60

Position / Diameter
Flat
Horizontal Fillet
Vertical Up
0.045 (1.2 mm)

Current (A)
180 ~ 220
180 ~ 220
Voltage (V)
25 ~ 35
25 ~ 35
120 ~ 160
20 ~ 30
1/16
(1.6 mm)
200 ~ 280
25 ~ 35
200 ~ 280
25 ~ 35
160 ~ 220
20 ~ 30
S
M
D
S
167
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Flux Cored Wires

AWS A5.22
AFM
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Chemical Composition Requirements for Flux Cored Electrodes for Undiluted Weld Metal
C
Cr
Ni
Mo
Nb + Ta
Mn
Si
Cu
Other
E308HTX-X
0.04 ~
0.08
18.00 ~
21.00
9.00 ~
11.00
0.75
0.50~
2.50
1.00
0.04
0.03
0.75
E308LTX-X
0.04
18.00 ~
21.00
9.00 ~
11.00
0.75
0.50 ~
2.50
1.00
0.04
0.03
0.75
E309TX-X
0.10
22.00 ~
25.00
12.00 ~
14.00
0.75
0.50 ~
0.25
1.00
0.04
0.03
0.75
E309LTX-X
0.04
22.00 ~
25.00
12.00 ~
14.00
0.75
0.50 ~
2.50
1.00
0.04
0.03
0.75
E309LMoTX-X
0.04
21.00 ~
25.00
12.00 ~
16.00
2.00 ~
3.00
0.50 ~
2.50
1.00
0.04
0.03
0.75
E310TX-X
0.20
25.00 ~
28.00
20.00 ~
22.50
0.75
1.00 ~
2.50
1.00
0.03
0.03
0.75
E312TX-X
0.15
28.00 ~
32.00
8.00 ~
10.50
0.75
0.50 ~
2.50
1.00
004
0.03
0.75
E316TX-X
0.08
17.00 ~
20.00
11.00 ~
14.00
2.00 ~
3.00
0.50 ~
2.50
1.00
0.04
0.03
0.75
E316LTX-X
0.04
17.00 ~
20.00
11.00 ~
14.00
2.00 ~
3.00
0.50 ~
2.50
1.00
0.04
0.03
0.75
E317LTX-X
0.04
18.00 ~
21.00
12.00 ~
14.00
3.00 ~
4.00
0.50 ~
2.50
1.00
0.04
0.03
0.75
E347TX-X
0.08
18.00 ~
21.00
9.00 ~
11.00
0.75
8 x C Min. ~
1.00 Max.
0.50 ~
2.50
1.00
0.04
0.03
0.75
E410TX-X
0.12
11.00 ~
13.50
0.60
0.75
1.20
1.00
0.04
0.03
0.75
E2209TX-X
0.04
21.00 ~
24.00
7.50 ~
10.00
2.50 ~
4.00
0.50 ~
2.00
1.00
0.04
0.03
0.08 ~
0.20
0.75
E2253TX-X
0.04
24.00 ~
27.00
8.50 ~
10.50
2.90 ~
3.90
0.50 ~
1.50
0.75
0.04
0.03
0.10 ~
0.25
1.50 ~
2.50
* E904LTX-X - NO AWS Classfication
WELDING PARAMETERS:
AFMs flux cored stainless steel wires can be welded over an extensive
range of parameters with excellent results.
Typical range (V-I) with 75% Ar + 25% CO
(Increase V by 1-2V with 100% CO)
In this table,, the X following the T refers to the position of welding.
(1 - All-Position Operation, 0 - Flat or Horizontal Operation)
Also, the X following the dash refers to the shielding medium. (-1 or -4)
as shown in the AWS Classfication column in Table 2 of
A5.22/A5.22M:2010.
168
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Flux Cored Wires

Minimum Mechanical Properties
AWS Classification
Tensile Strength
MPa
E308HTX-X
80
550
30
E308LTX-X
75
520
30
E309TX-X
80
550
30
E309LTX-X
75
520
30
E309LMoTX-X
75
520
25
E310TX-X
80
550
30
E312TX-X
95
660
22
E316TX-X
75
520
30
E316LTX-X
70
485
30
E317LTX-X
75
520
20
E347TX-X
75
520
30
E410TX-X
75
520
20
(*)
E2209TX-X
100
690
20
E2253TX-X
11
760
15
* Note: All mechanical properties listed are minimal values which may vary substantially with base plate, parameters and other
variables out of the manufacturers control.
(*) E410TX-X - Postweld Heat Treatment:
Heat to 1,350 oF to 1,400 oF [730 oC to 760 oC],
hold for one hour (-0, +15 minutes),
furnace cool at a rate not exceeding 200 oF per hour
to 600 oF [315 oC] and air cool to ambient.
A
E
R
O
I
N
F
O
Postweld
Heat Treatment
ksi
T
S
T
M
A
I
N
Elongation (%)
Performance::
AFMs flux cored stainless deposition rate is the highest
in the industry, commonly 3 times faster than manual
electrodes.
Shielding Gases:
Argon + CO2
CO2
75% + 25% or 82% + 18%

100%
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
Gas flow rate 25 35 Cu. Ft / Hr
The use of either mixed gas or CO will ensure sound weld metal. The carbon content of the weld metal increases
marginally with increased CO content. Slag detachment behavior may alter slightly with gas composition and with base
metal, particularly when welding stainless to carbon steels.
T
O
B
169
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Aluminum Alloys
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM ER1100
AWS/SFA A5.10
ER1100
171
AFM ER4043
AWS/SFA A5.10
ER4043
171
AFM ER4047
AWS/SFA A5.10
ER4047
171
AFM ER5183
AWS/SFA A5.10
ER5183
171
AFM ER5356
AWS/SFA A5.10
ER5356
172
AFM ER5556
AWS/SFA A5.10
ER5556
172
Aluminum Alloys
Aluminum Welding Wires Chemical Compositions
Standard Diameters and Packages - Aluminum Alloys
173 ~ 174
175
175
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
Click to Download
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
170
A
L
M
C
B
T
Aluminum Alloys
AFM ER1100
AFM ER1100 wires and rods are generally recommended for welding 1100 and 3003 aluminum sheets,
plates and shapes.
It can be used on:
Window Frames Food Processing Equipment,
Railroad Tank Cars Liquid Oxygen Containers,
Storage Tanks Food Containers,
T
I
T
AFM ER4043
M
A
G
It is typically used on:

Truck Bodies
Pressure Vessels
Petroleum Distribution Equipment
T
S
T
AFM ER4047
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AWS/SFA A5.10
B
R
Z
T
O
B
Heat Exchangers Electrical Bus Bars,

Pressure Vessels Plating Racks
Chemical Processing Towers
AWS/SFA A5.10
AFM ER4043 wires and rods are generally recommended for welding 2014, 5052, 6061, and 6101 (in various
conditions of heat treatment and 6063 sheets, plates and shapes).
F
C
Structural Members
Electrical Bus Bars
AWS/SFA A5.10
AFM ER4047 12% Silicon Aluminum brazing rod is recommended for torch brazing and dip or furnace
brazing of the following grades of wrought aluminum: 1060, 1100, 3003, 5005, 6061, 6063, and cast alloys A612
and C612 for lap or tee joints, rather than butt joints when used with the proper aluminum brazing flux.
AFM ER5183
AWS/SFA A5.10
AFM ER5183 is the optimum wire and rod for both strength and ductility, stronger than AFM ER5356 with
similar ductility, not quite as strong as AFM ER5556 but has better ductility.
AFM ER5183 is most frequently used on 5083 base plate.
It is also used to weld 6061, 6063, 5086, 7005 and 7039 alloys.
The most common applications are liquid oxygen and liquid nitrogen containers.
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
171
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Aluminum Alloys
AFM ER5356
AWS/SFA A5.10
AFM ER5356 wires and rods are generally recommended for welding 5050, 5052, 5083, 5154, 5356, 6061,
and 6063 aluminum alloys.
This wire is to be employed in all types of structural aluminum fabrication where post heat treatment is not
feasible as a method of producing higher strength welded joints.
The tensile properties of the base materials of the aluminum-magnesium type are not as drastically affected
by the heat of the welding arc as are the heat-treated high strength aluminum alloys.
Excellent for color match application.
Examples of applications which utilize ER5356:

Diesel Engine Bases Gun Mount Bases
Truck Frames Ship Superstructures
Architectural Structures Cargo Tanks
Armored Vehicles
AFM ER5556
AWS/SFA A5.10
AFM ER5556 wires and rods are generally recommended for welding 5083, 5086 and 5456 high tensile
aluminum alloys.
This wire is to be employed in all types of structural aluminum fabrication where post heat treatment is not
feasible as a method of producing higher strength welded joints.
The tensile properties of the base materials of the aluminum-magnesium type are not as drastically affected
by the heat of the welding arc as are the heat treated high strength aluminum alloys.
Examples of applications which utilize ER5556:

Diesel Engine Bases Gun Mount Bases
Truck Frames Ship Superstructures
Bridges Storage Tanks
Other Types of AFM Aluminum

Available upon Request:
355.0
356.0
4145 (716)
2319
4047 (718)
5154
5554
5654
S
M
D
S
172
T
O
B
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Aluminum Alloys
Base Metal
201.0,
206.0,
224.0
319.0, 333.0,
354.0, 355.0,
C355.0
356.0,
A356.0,
357.0,
A357.0,
413.0, 443.0,
A444.0
1060, 1070,
1080, 1350
ER4145
ER4145
ER4043a,b
ER5356c,d
ER5356c,d
ER4043a,b
ER4043b
ER5356d
ER4043b,d
1100, 3003,
Alc 3003
ER4145
ER4145
ER4043a,b
ER5356c,d
ER5356c,d
ER4043a,b
ER4043b
ER5356d
ER4043b,d
511.0,
512.0,
513.0,
514.0,
535.0
7004,
7005,
7039,
710.0,
712.0
6009,
6010,
6070
6005, 6061,
6063, 6101,
6151, 6201,
6351, 6951
5456
5454
2014, 2036
ER4145c
ER4145c
ER4145
ER4145
ER4145
2219
ER2319a
ER4145c
ER4145b,c
ER4043
ER4043
ER4043a,
ER4043a,b
ER4043b
3004,
Alc. 3004
ER4043b
ER4043b
ER5356f
ER5356f
ER4043b
ER4043b,f
ER5356d
ER5356f
5005, 5050
ER4043b
ER4043b
ER5356f
Er5356f
ER4043b
ER4043b,f
ER5356d
ER5356f
5052, 5652i
ER4043b
ER4043f
ER5356f
ER5356f
ER4043b
ER5356c,f
ER5356f
ER5356f
5083
ER5356c,d
ER5356d
ER5183d
ER5356d
ER5183d
ER5356d
5086
ER5356c,d
ER5356d
ER5356d
ER5356d
ER5356d
ER5356d
5154, 5254i
ER4043f
ER5356f
ER5356f
ER5356f
ER5356f
ER5356f
5454
ER4043b
ER4043f
ER5356f
ER5356f
ER4043b
ER5356c,f
ER5356f
ER5554c,f
5456
ER5356c,d
ER5356d
ER5556d
ER5356d
ER5556d
6005, 6061,
6063, 6101,
6151. 6201,
6351, 6951
ER4145
ER4145b,c
ER4043b,f,g
ER5356c,f
ER5356c,f
ER4043a,b,g
ER4043b,f,g
6009, 6010,
6070
ER4145
ER4145b,c
ER4043a,b,g
ER4043
ER4043
ER4043a,b,g
7004, 7005,
7039, 710.0,
712.0
ER4043b
ER4043b,f
ER5356f
ER5356d
A
E
R
O
511.0, 512.0,
513.0, 514.0,
535.0
ER4043f
ER5356f
356.0, A356.0,
357.0, A357.0,
413.0, 443.0,
444.0
ER4145
ER4145b,c
ER4043b,h
M
A
I
N
319.0, 333.0,
354.0, 355.0,
C355.0
ER4145c
ER4145b,c,h
201.0, 206.0,
224.0
ER2319a,h
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
I
N
F
O
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
173
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Aluminum Alloys
Base Metal
5154,
5254i
5086
5083
5052,
5652i
1060, 1070,
1080, 1350
ER5356c,d
ER5356d
ER5356d
ER4043b,d
1100, 3003,
Alc. 3003
ER5356c,d
ER5356d
ER5356d
ER4043b,d
2014, 2036
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
2014,
2036
1100
3003
Alc. 3003
1060,
1070,
1080,
1350
ER1100b,c ER4043b,d ER4145b,c
ER4145
ER1100b,c
ER1188b,c,h,j
ER1100b,c ER4043b,d ER4145b,c
ER4145
ER1100b,c
5005,
5050
ER4145
3004,
Alc. 3004
2219
ER4043
ER4043b
ER4043a,b ER4043a,b
ER4145
3004,
Alc. 3004
ER5356f
ER5356d
ER5356d
ER5356c,f
ER5356c,f
5005, 5050
ER5356f
ER5356d
ER5356d
ER5356c,d
ER5356c,f
5052, 5652i
ER5356f
ER5356d
ER5356d ER5654c,f,i
5083
ER5356d
ER5356d
ER5183d
5086
ER5356d
ER5356d
5154, 5254i
ER5654f,i
2219
ER4145e
ER5356c,f
2. Recommendations in this table apply to gas shielded arc welding processes. For oxyfuel gas welding, only AFM ER1188, ER1100,
ER4043, ER4047, and ER4145 filler metals are ordinarily used.
3. Where no filler metal is listed, the base metal combination is not recommended for welding.
a. AFM ER4145 may be used for some applications.
b. AFM ER4047 may be used for some applications.
c. AFM ER4043 may be used for some applications.
d. AFM ER5183, ER5356, or ER5556 may be used.
e. AFM ER2319 may be used for some applications. It can supply high strength when the weldment is postweld solution heat
treated and aged.
f. AFM ER5183, ER5356, ER5554, and ER5654 may be used. In some cases, they provide
(1) improved color match after anodizing treatment, (2) highest weld ductility, and (3) higher weld strength.
AFM ER5554 is suitable for sustained elevated temperature service.
g. AFM ER4643 will provide high strength in 1/2 in. (12mm) and thicker groove welds in 6XXX base alloys when postweld
solution heat treated and aged.
h. Filler metal with the same analysis as the base metal is sometimes used. The following wrought filler metals possess the same
chemical composition limits as cast filler alloys: ER4009 and R4009 as RC355.0; ER4010 and R4010 as R-A356.0; and R4011
as R-A357.0.
i. Base metal alloys 5254 and 5652 are used for hydrogen peroxide service. AFM ER5654 filler metal is used for welding both
alloys for service temperatures below 150F (66C).
j. AFM ER1100 may be used for some applications.
ER4145e
ER2319a
Notes:
1. Service conditions such as immersion in fresh or salt water, exposure to specific chemicals, or a sustained high temperature
(over 150F (66C)) may limit the choice of filler metals. AFM ER5183, ER5356, ER5556, and ER5654 are not recommended
for sustained elevated temperature service.
174
T
O
B
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Aluminum Alloys
Aluminum Welding Wires Chemical Compositions
T
O
B
C
Alloy
Al
Mg
Fe + Si
Fe
Si
Cu
Mn
Zn
Ti
Cr
Be
1100
99.0
Min.
0.095
Max
0.05 ~ 0.20
0.05
0.10
2319
Rem
0.02
0.30
0.20
5.80 ~ 6.80
0.20 ~ 0.40
0.10 0.10 ~ 0.20
4043
Rem
0.05
0.80
4.50 ~ 6.00
0.30
0.05
0.10
0.20
4047
Rem
0.10
0.80
11.00 ~ 13.00
0.30
0.15
5356
Rem
4.50 ~ 5.50
0.40
0.25
0.10
0.05 ~ 0.20
0.10 0.06 ~ 0.20 0.05 ~ 0.20
5183
Rem
4.30 ~ 5.20
0.40
0.40
0.10
0.50 ~ 1.00
0.25
0.05 ~ 0.25
5554
Rem
2.4 ~ 3.0
0.40
0.25
0.10
0.50 ~ 1.00
0.25 0.05 ~ 0.20 0.05 ~ 0.20
5556
Rem
4.70 ~ 5.50
0.40
0.25
0.10
0.50 ~ 1.00
0.25 0.05 ~ 0.20 0.05 ~ 0.20
4145
Rem
0.15
0.80
9.0 ~ 10.70
3.30 ~ 4.70
0.15
0.20
5/32
(4.0 mm)
0.15
0.15
Standard Diameters & Packages

Package
0.030
(0.8 mm)
0.035
(0.9 mm)
3/64
(1.2 mm)
1/16
(1.6 mm)
1 Lb Spool
3/32
(2.4 mm)
1/8
(3.2 mm)
16 Lb Spool
10 Lb Tube (36)
T
S
T
44 Lb Spools, 88 Lb Reels & 15 Lb Coils are also available upon request.
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
175
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Cobalt Alloys
Coated Electrodes
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM 1C ECoCr-C
AWS/SFA A5.13
ECoCr-C
177
AFM 6C ECoCr-A
AWS/SFA A5.13
ECoCr-A
178
AFM 12C ECoCr-B
AWS/SFA A5.13
ECoCr-B
179
AFM 21C ECoCr-E
AWS/SFA A5.13
ECoCr-E
180
Bare Wires
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM 1B ERCoCr-C
AWS/SFA A5.21
ERCoCr-C
177
AFM 1M ERCCoCr-C
AWS/SFA A5.21
ERCCoCr-C
177
AFM 6B ERCoCr-A
AWS/SFA A5.21
ERCoCr-A
178
AFM 6M ERCCo-Cr-A
AWS/SFA A5.21
ERCCo-Cr-A
178
AFM 12B ERCoCr-B
AWS/SFA A5.21
ERCoCr-B
179
AFM 12M ERCCoCr-B
AWS/SFA A5.21
ERCCoCr-B
179
AFM 21B ERCoCr-E
AWS/SFA A5.21
ERCoCr-E
180
AFM 21M ERCCoCr-E
AWS/SFA A5.21
ERCCoCr-E
180
Typical Physical and Mechanical Properties - Cobalt Alloys

Preheat & Postheat Treatment - Cobalt Alloys
Welding Parameters & Data - Cobalt Alloys
181
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
182
182
Click to Download
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
176
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Cobalt Alloys
AFM 1B ERCoCr-C
AFM 1M ERCCoCr-C
AFM 1C ECoCr-C
AWS/SFA A5.21
AWS/SFA A5.13
Description:
AFM #1 Cobalt is designed for applications that require extreme abrasion resistance at elevated temperatures,
but where impact resistance is not a consideration.
It has a higher carbon and tungsten content than other cobalt alloys causing the weld deposit to have a higher
volume of carbides within its microstructure.
Although the weld deposits of AFM #1 Cobalt are not as tough as those of AFM #6 Cobalt, they are much
harder and have excellent resistance to solid particle erosion.
Typical Applications:
Seals, rotors, steam turbine parts, mixer blades, extrusion dies, saw blades, rolling mill guides, pump
impellers, carbon scrapers, engine crossheads, hydrapulper disc parts.
Chemical Composition Requirements (%):

Mn
1.00
Fe
3.00
Si
Cr
2.00
26.00 ~ 33.00
W
Co
11.00 ~ 14.00
Bal.
Ni
3.00
Total Other
0.50
Mn
2.00
Fe
5.00
Si
Cr
2.00
25.00 ~ 33.00
W
Co
11.00 ~ 14.00
Bal.
Ni
3.00
Total Other
1.00
Mn
2.00
Fe
5.00
Si
Cr
2.00
25.00 ~ 33.00
W
Co
11.00 ~ 14.00
Bal.
Ni
3.00
Total Other
1.00
AFM 1C ECoCr-C:
C
1.70 ~ 3.00
Mo
1.00
Available Sizes:
Bare & Coated
3/32
1/8
5/32
2.4 mm
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
3/16
1/4
5/16
Wire
4.8 mm
6.4 mm
8.0 mm
0.045
1/16
1.2 mm
1.6 mm
S
M
D
S
177
AFM 1M ERCCoCr-C:
C
2.00 ~ 3.00
Mo
1.00
AFM 1B ERCoCr-C:
C
2.00 ~ 3.00
Mo
1.00
T
O
B
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Cobalt Alloys
AFM 6B ERCoCr-A
AFM 6M ERCCoCr-A
AFM 6C ECoCr-A
AWS/SFA A5.21
AWS/SFA A5.13
Description:
AFM #6 Cobalt is our most popular and useful cobalt alloy, offering excellent balance between impact, heat,
corrosion and metal-tometal abrasion resistance.
It offers outstanding anti-galling properties, superior high temperature hardness and resistance to cavitation
erosion making it perfect to use as valve trim in steam engines or repairing worn machine parts.
It is ideal for many hardsurfacing applications because of its resistance to mechanical and chemical degradation at extreme temperatures.
High pressure-high temperature valves, agitators, chain saw bars, digestors, hot oil pump parts, extruder
screws, scraper knives, hot trimming dies, hot punches.

Mn
1.00
Fe
3.00
Si
2.00
W
7.00 ~ 9.50
Cr
26.00 ~ 32.00
Co
Bal.
Ni
3.00
Total Other
0.50
Mn
2.00
Fe
5.00
Si
2.00
W
3.00 ~ 6.00
Cr
25.00 ~ 32.00
Co
Bal.
Ni
3.00
Total Other
1.00
Mn
2.00
Fe
5.00
Si
2.00
W
3.00 ~ 6.00
Cr
25.00 ~ 32.00
Co
Bal.
Ni
3.00
Total Other
1.00
AFM 6C ECoCr-A:
C
0.70 ~ 1.40
Mo
1.00
Available Sizes:
Bare & Coated
AFM 6M ERCCoCr-A:
C
0.70 ~ 1.40
Mo
1.00
AFM 6B ERCoCr-A:
C
0.90 ~ 1.40
Mo
1.00
T
O
B
Wire
3/32
2.4 mm
3/16
4.8 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/4
5/16
6.4 mm
8.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
S
M
D
S
178
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Cobalt Alloys
AFM 12B ERCoCr-B

AFM 12M ERCCoCr-B
AFM 12C ECoCr-B
AWS/SFA A5.21
AWS/SFA A5.13
Description:
AFM #12 Cobalt is similar to AFM #6 Cobalt, however AFM #12 Cobalt offers greater resistance to hot and
cold abrasion at elevated temperatures.
Weld deposits are harder than AFM #6 Cobalt deposits because of a higher carbide volume within
its microstructure.
It is excellent for abrasion and corrosion resistance, but only moderate impact.
It is commonly used for cutting edges.
Tipping saw blades, chipping knives, paper slitters, cutter rolls, drawing dies, turbine blades, impeller pumps,
conveyor screws, valve seats, cold working tools.

Mn
1.00
Fe
3.00
Si
2.00
W
7.00 ~ 9.50
Cr
26.00 ~ 32.00
Co
Bal.
Ni
3.00
Total Other
0.50
Mn
2.00
Fe
5.00
Si
2.00
W
7.00 ~ 10.00
Cr
25.00 ~ 32.00
Co
Bal.
Ni
3.00
Total Other
1.00
Mn
2.00
Fe
5.00
Si
2.00
W
7.00 ~ 9.50
Cr
25.00 ~ 32.00
Co
Bal.
Ni
3.00
Total Other
1.00
AFM 12C ECoCr-B:
C
1.00 ~ 1.70
Mo
1.00
Available Sizes:
Bare & Coated
AFM 12M ERCCoCr-B:
C
1.20 ~ 2.00
Mo
1.00
AFM 12B ERCoCr-B:
C
1.20 ~ 1.70
Mo
1.00
T
O
B
Wire
3/32
2.4 mm
3/16
4.8 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/4
5/16
6.4 mm
8.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
S
M
D
S
179
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Cobalt Alloys
AFM 21B ERCoCr-E

AFM 21M ERCCoCr-E
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM 21C ECoCr-E
AWS/SFA A5.21
AWS/SFA A5.13
Description:
AFM #21 Cobalt offers excellent high temperature strength and stability.
The addition of molybdenum gives it work hardening capability, making AFM #21 Cobalt excellent for hit
trimming dies, extrusion dies and hot shears.
It has good anti-galling properties and excellent resistance to cavitation erosion and corrosion thereby making
AFM #21 Cobalt an excellent choice for fluid seats.
Hot forming dies, hot working tools, pump shafts, high pressure-high temperature valves, valve seats, mixer
blades, mill cutters, pump mill screws, gas turbines.

Mn
1.5
Fe
3.00
Si
1.5
W
0.50
Cr
25.00 ~ 30.00
Co
Bal.
Ni
1.50 ~ 4.00
Total Other
0.50
Mn
2.00
Fe
5.00
Si
1.50
W
0.50
Cr
25.00 ~ 30.00
Co
Bal.
Ni
1.50 ~ 4.00
Total Other
1.00
Mn
1.50
Fe
5.00
Si
2.00
W
0.50
Cr
24.00 ~ 29.00
Co
Bal.
Ni
2.00 ~ 4.00
Total Other
1.00
AFM 21C ECoCr-E:
C
0.15 ~ 0.40
Mo
4.50 ~ 6.50
Available Sizes:
Bare & Coated
AFM 12M ERCCoCr-E:
C
0.15 ~ 0.40
Mo
4.50 ~ 7.00
AFM 21B ERCoCr-E:
C
0.15 ~ 0.45
Mo
4.50 ~ 7.00
T
O
B
Wire
3/32
2.4 mm
3/16
4.8 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
5/32
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
1/4
5/16
6.4 mm
8.0 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
S
M
D
S
180
F
C
W
A
L
M
Cobalt Alloys
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Typical Physical & Mechanical Properties

Alloy
Oxyfuel
Hardness
Rockwell C
TIG
Metal Arc
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Metal to Metal
Impact
Wear
Resistance
Erosion
Corrosion
Cold Abrasion
Hot Abrasion
Machinability
Density Lbs/in
Melting Point
Tensile Strength
AFM #1 Bare
AFM #1 CTD
52 ~ 55
1 Layer
51 54
2 Layers
50 53
2 Layers
Excellent
Not
Recommended
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Use Carbide
Tools
0.312
2,300 F
111,000 psi
AFM #6 Bare
AFM #6 CTD
42 45
1 Layer
40 43
2 Layers
39 42
2 Layers
Excellent
AFM #12 Bare

AFM #12 CTD
48 51
1 Layer
46 49
2 Layers
41 44
2 Layers
Excellent
AFM #21 Bare

AFM #21 CTD
25 27 2 Layers
45 Work Hardened
24 26 2 Layers
45 Work Hardened
Excellent
Excellent
Good
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Good
Good
Use Carbide
Tools
0.303
2,350 F
134,000 psi
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Excellent
Use Carbide
Tools
0.308
2,345 F
141,000 psi
Excellent
Excellent
Good
Goo
Use Carbide
Tools
0.300
2,460 F
117,000 psi
N/A
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
181
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Cobalt Alloys
Preheat & Postheat Treatment*
Base Metal
Preheat Temp.
Postheat Temp.
Low Carbon Steel (up to 0.40% C) for thin sections only

Low Carbon Steel (up to 0.40% C) for thick sections only and
High Carbon Steel (over 0.40% C) for thin sections only and
Low Alloy Steel (up to 10% alloy) for thin sections only
High Carbon Steel (over 0.40% C) for thick sections only and
Low Alloy Steel (up to 10% alloy) for thick sections only
Air-Quench Steels
High Chromium-Nickel (Austenitic) Stainless Steels
(304, 309, 316, etc.) thin sections only
High Chromium-Nickel (Austenitic) Stainless Steels
(304, 309, 316, etc.) thick sections only
Not Required
Air-Cool
200 F ~ 600 F
Slow-Cool
300 F ~ 600 F
Slow-Cool
1,100 F ~ 1,200 F
Slow-Cool
Not Required
Air-Cool
200 F ~ 500 F
Slow-Cool
High Chromium (Martensitic) Stainless Steels

400 F ~ 600 F
High Chromium (Ferritic) Stainless Steel

200 F ~ 600 F
High Temperature Nickel Alloys

(400, 600, 601, 625, 718, etc.)
200 F ~ 500 F
Maintain at 400 ~ 600F for

4 hrs. per inch thickness,
then reduce heat 90F per
hour till cool
Maintain at 200 ~ 600F for
4 hrs. per inch thickness,
then reduce heat 90F per
hour till cool
Stress-Relieve
85 ~ 100
120 ~ 150
150 ~ 175
200 ~ 250
Approximate Coverage Per Pound of Cobalt Alloy

Thickness of
Deposit (in.)
1/8
3/16
1/4
90 ~ 120
135 ~ 160
160 ~ 180
220 ~ 270
Welding Parameters & Data
1/8
5/32
3/16
1/4
*In many cases, preheating or postheat treatment is not necessary. However, it will reduce the chances of cracking in both the base
metal and the weld deposit. The preheat or postheat temperatures will depend upon the carbon content of the base metal.
The higher the carbon content the higher the preheat temperature
Recommended Current Settings (SMA)

(Coated)
DC+
Diameter
AC
(reverse polarity)
T
O
B
Pounds Per Square Inch

Bare
Coated
26
17
13
18
12
9
W
F
C
W
182
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Bronze Alloys
Coated Electrodes
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM Phosphorous Bronze C AWS/SFA A5.6
ECuSn-C
184
AFM Aluminum Bronze A2
ECuAl-A2
185
AWS/SFA A5.6
Bare Wires
AFM Product
AWS Classification
AFM Deoxidized Copper
AWS/SFA A5.7
ERCu
186
AFM Silicon Bronze
AWS/SFA A5.7
ERCuSi-A
187
AFM Alum-Bronze A1
AWS/SFA A5.7
ERCuA1-A1
188
AFM Alum-Bronze A2
AWS/SFA A5.7
ERCuAl-A2
189
AFM 40
AWS/SFA A5.7
ERCuNiMnAl
190
AFM 46
AWS/SFA A5.7
ERCuNiA1
191
AFM Phos-Bronze A
AWS/SFA A5.7
ERCuSn-A
192
T
O
B
C
Page
Bare Wires
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM Low Fuming Bronze
AWS/SFA A5.8
RBCuZn-C
193
AFM Nickel Silver
AWS/SFA A5.8
RBCuZn-D
194
F
C
I
N
Click to Download
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
183
A
L
M
C
B
T
Bronze Alloys
T
O
B
C
AFM Phosphorous Bronze C

AWS/SFA A5.6 Class ECuSn-C
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM Phosphorous Bronze C electrodes are used to join phosphor bronzes of similar compositions.
It is also useful for joining brasses and, in some cases, for welding them to cast iron and carbon steel.
The higher tin content in AFM Phosphorous Bronze C results in weld metals of higher hardness, tensile
and yield strength than in the Phosphorous Bronze A weld metal.
The weld metals tend to flow sluggishly, requiring preheat and interpass temperatures of at least 400F (205C)
on heavy sections.
Postweld heat treatment may not be necessary, but it is desirable for maximum ductility, particularly
if the weld metal is cold worked.

Cu*
Bal.
Ni**
(a)
Zn
(a)
P
0.05 ~ 0.35
Sn
7.00 ~ 9.00
Al
0.01
*including Silver (Ag)

**including cobalt (Co)
a. These elements must be included in Total Other elements.
Mn
(a)
Pb
0.02
Fe
0.25
Total Other
0.50
Si
(a)
psi
MPa
Elongation in. 4 x D
gage length, (%)
Standard Sizes:
40,000
280
20
3/32
2.4 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
3/16
4.8 mm
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
F
C
Mechanical Property Requirements (Min.):

Tensile Strength
184
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Bronze Alloys
T
O
B
C
AFM Aluminum Bronze A2

AWS/SFA A5.6 Class ECuAl-A2
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AFM Aluminum Bronze A2 is used for joining aluminum bronzes of similar composition, high strength
copper-zinc alloys, silicon bronzes, manganese bronzes, some nickel alloys, many ferrous metals and alloys,
and combinations of dissimilar metals.
It is also suitable for surfacing wear- and corrosion-resistant bearing surfaces.
It is used only in the flat position.
Applications:
For butt joints, a 90 degree single V-groove is recommended for plate thicknesses up to and including
7/16 in. (11 mm), and a modified U- or double V-groove is recommended for the heavier plate thicknesses.
Preheat and interpass temperature should be as follows:
For iron-base materials, 200 to 300F (95 to 150C).
For bronzes, 300 to 400F (150 to 210C).
For brasses, 500 to 600F (260 to 315C).

Cu*
Bal.
Si
1.50
Zn
(a)
Ni**
(a)
Sn
(a)
Al
6.50 ~ 9.00

**including cobalt (Co)
a. These elements must be included in Total Other elements.
Mn
(a)
Pb
0.02
Fe
0.50 ~ 5.00
Total Other
0.50
Mechanical Property Requirements (Min.):

Tensile Strength
psi
MPa
Elongation in. 4 x D
gage length, (%)
Standard Sizes:
60,000
410
20
3/32
2.4 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
3/16
4.8 mm
S
M
D
S
185
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Bronze Alloys
AFM Deoxidized Copper
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.7 Class ERCu

Description:
AFM Deoxidized Copper is generally used for the welding of deoxidized and elecrolytic tough pitch copper.
Reactions with hydrogen in oxygenfree copper, and the segregation of copper oxide in tough pitch copper may
detract from joint efficiency.
It can be used to weld these base metals when the highest quality is not required.
Applications:
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
For thick base metals, gas metal arc welding (GMAW) is preferred.
Conventional joint designs consistent with good welding practice are generally satisfactory.
An external source of preheating generally is not needed when welding base metal 1/4 (6.4mm) and thinner
in thickness.
Preheating in the range of 400 to 1000F (205 to 540C) is desirable when welding base metal thicker than
1/4 (6.4mm) if high-quality welds are to be obtained.

Cu*
98.00 Min.
P
0.15
Sn
1.00
Al
0.01
Mn
1.00
Pb
0.02
Si
0.50
Total Other
0.50

Hardness & Tensile Strength:

Minimum Tensile Strength
psi
MPa
Brinell Hardness, Rockwell F

(average value for an as-welded deposit)
Standard Sizes:
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
I
N
F
O
25,000
172
25
S
M
D
S
186
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Bronze Alloys
AFM Silicon Bronze
AWS/SFA A5.7 Class ERCuSi-A

Description:
AFM Silicon Bronze is a copper-base alloy containing approximately 3 percent of silicon, it may also contain
small percentages of manganese, tin, or zinc.
It is used for gas tungsten (GTAW) and gas metal arc welding (GMAW) of coppersilicon and copper-zinc base
metals, to themselves and also to steel.
Applications:
When gas metal arc welding (GMAW) with AFM Silicon Bronze, it is generally best to keep the weld pool
small and the interpass temperature below 150F (65C) to minimize hot cracking.
The use of narrow weld passes reduces contraction stresses and also permits faster cooling through
the hot-short temperature range.
When gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW), best results are obtained by keeping the weld pool small.
Preheating is not required.
Welding can be done in all positions, but the flat position is preferred.

Cu*
Bal.
Si
2.80 ~ 4.00
Zn
1.00
Al
0.01
Sn
1.00
Pb
0.02
Mn
1.50
Total Other
0.50
psi
MPa
Brinell Hardness,
Standard Sizes:
0.023
0.6 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
0.030
0.8 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.035
0.9 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
Fe
0.50
50,000
345
80 ~ 100
S
M
D
S
A
H

T
O
B
187
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Bronze Alloys
T
O
B
C
AFM Alum-Bronze A1
AWS/SFA A5.7 Class ERCuA1-A1
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
AFM Aluminum Bronze A1is an iron-free aluminum bronze.

It is recommended for use as a surfacing metal for wear-resistant surfaces having relatively light loads,
for resistance to corrosive media such as salt or brackish water, and for resistance to many commonly used
acids in varying concentrations and temperatures.
It is not recommended for joining.

Cu*
Bal.
Al
6.00 ~ 8.50
Zn
0.20
Pb
0.02
Mn
0.50
Total Other
0.50
A
H
Si
0.10


psi
MPa
Brinell Hardness,
Standard Sizes:
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
55,000
345
80 ~ 110
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
188
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Bronze Alloys
T
O
B
C
AFM Alum-Bronze A2
AWS/SFA A5.7 Class ERCuA1-A2
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
AFM Aluminum Bronze A2 is an iron-bearing aluminum bronze and is generally used for joining aluminum bronzes of similar composition, manganese, silicon bronzes, some copper-nickel alloys, ferrous metals
and dissimilar metals.
The most common dissimilar metal combinations are aluminum bronze to steel and copper to steel.
It is used to provide wear- and corrosion-resistant surfaces.

Cu*
Bal.
Al
8.50 ~ 11.00
Zn
0.02
Pb
0.02
Fe
1.50
Total Other
0.50
Si
0.10


psi
MPa
Brinell Hardness (GTAW only)

Standard Sizes:
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
60,000
414
130 ~ 150
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
189
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Bronze Alloys
T
O
B
C
AFM 40
AWS /SFA A5.7 ERCuNiMnAl

Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
AFM 40 manganese-nickel-aluminum bronze filler metal used for joining and repairing of cast or wrought
base metals of similar composition.
This filler metal may also be used for surfacing applications where high resistance to corrosion, erosion,
or cavitation is required.

Cu*
Bal.
Al
7.00 ~ 8.50
Zn
0.15
Si
0.10
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Fe
2.00 ~ 4.00
Total Other
0.50
Pb
0.02

**including Cobalt (Co)

T
S
T
Mn
11.00 ~ 14.00
Ni**
1.50 ~ 3.00
psi
MPa

Standard Sizes:
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
75,000
515
160 ~ 200
E
S
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
190
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Bronze Alloys
T
O
B
C
AFM 46
AWS/SFA A5.7 Class ERCuNiA1

Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
AFM 46 nickel-aluminum bronze is used for joining and repairing of cast or wrought nickel-aluminum
bronze base metals.

Cu*
Bal.
Ni**
4.00 ~ 5.50
Zn
0.10
Al
8.50 ~ 9.50
A
E
R
O
Fe
3.00 ~ 5.00
Total Other
0.50
Si
0.10

**including Cobalt (Co)

T
S
T
Mn
0.60 ~ 3.50
Pb
0.02
psi
MPa

Standard Sizes:
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
72,000
480
160 ~ 200
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
191
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Bronze Alloys
T
O
B
C
AFM Phos-Bronze A
AWS/SFA A5.7 Class ERCuSn-A
Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM Phosphorous Bronze A contains about 5 % tin and up to 0.35 % phosphorous added as a deoxidizer.
Tin increases wear resistance of the weld metal and slows the rate of solidification by broadening
the temperature differential between the liquidus and solidus.
This slower solidification increases the tendency to hot shortness.
To minimize this effect, the weld pool should be kept small and welding time as short as possible.
AFM Phosphorous Bronze A can be used to weld bronze and brass. It also can be used to weld copper
if the presence of tin in the weld is not objectionable.
A
H

Cu*
Bal.
Al
0.01
Sn
4.00 ~ 6.00
Pb
0.02
P
0.10 ~ 0.35
Total Other
0.50


psi
MPa

Standard Sizes:
0.035
0.9 mm
3/32
2.4 mm
0.045
1.2 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
1/16
1.6 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
I
N
F
O
35,000
240
70 ~ 85
E
S
S
M
D
S
192
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Bronze Alloys
T
O
B
C
AFM Low Fuming Bronze

AWS/SFA A5.8 RBCuZn-C
Description:
B
R
Z
AFM Low Fuming Bronze is a brazing alloy used on steels, copper, copper alloys, nickel, nickel alloys,
and stainless steel. It is used with the torch, furnace, and induction brazing processes.
Fluxing is required, and a borax-boric acid flux is commonly used. Joint clearances
from 0.002 to 0.005 in. (0.05 to 0.13 mm) are suitable.
T
I
T
M
A
G
Cu
56.00 ~ 60.00
Pb (a)
0.05
Zn
Bal.
Al (a)
0.01
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Fe
0.25 ~ 1.20
Total Other
0.50
Mn
0.01 ~ 0.50
a. The total of these elements shall not exceed the value specified in Total Other.
Nominal Temperature Ranges:

Solidus
T
S
T
Sn
0.80 ~ 1.10
Si
0.04 ~ 0.15
F
1,590
Liquidus
C
866
F
1,630
C
888
Brazing Temperature Range

F
C
1,670 ~ 1,750
910 ~ 954
Standard Sizes:
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
1.6 mm
2.4 mm
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
4.8 mm
6.4 mm
8.0 mm
9.5 mm
Also available in Flux Coated Bronze:

Standard Sizes:
3/32
2.4 mm
5/32
4.0 mm
1/8
3.2 mm
3/16
4.8 mm
10 Lb Tubes / 50 Lb Master Carton
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
193
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Bronze Alloys
T
O
B
C
AFM Nickel Silver
AWS/SFA A5.8 Class RBCuZn-D

Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
AFM Nickel Silver is a brazing filler metal primarily used for brazing tungsten carbide.
It is also used with steel, nickel, and nickel alloys.
It can be used with all brazing processes.
It is unsuitable for furnace brazing in a protective atmosphere.

Cu
46.00 ~ 50.00
Pb (a)
0.05
Zn
Bal.
Al (a)
0.01
A
E
R
O
P
0.25
Total Other
0.50
a. The total of these elements shall not exceed the value specified in Total Other.
Nominal Temperature Ranges:

Solidus
T
S
T
Ni
9.00 ~ 11.00
Si
0.04 ~ 0.25
F
1,690
Liquidus
C
921
F
1,715
C
935
5/32
3/16
1/4
4.0 mm
4.8 mm
6.4 mm
Brazing Temperature Range

F
C
1,720 ~ 1,800
938 ~ 982
Standard Sizes:
1/16
3/32
1/8
1.6 mm
2.4 mm
3.2 mm
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
194
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Titanium Alloys
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM ERTi-1
AWS/SFA A5.16
196
AFM ERTi-2
AWS/SFA A5.16
197
AFM ERTi-5
AWS/SFA A5.16
198
AFM ERTi-7
AWS/SFA A5.16
199
AFM ERT1-23
AWS/SFA A5.16
200
Welding Considerations - Titanium Alloys

Specification Cross Index - Titanium Alloys
Guide to Choice of Filler for General Titanium Welding
Chemical Composition Requirements for Titanium and Titanium Alloy
201
202 ~ 203
204 ~ 205
206 ~ 207
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
Click to Download
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
195
A
L
M
C
B
T
Titanium Alloys
AFM ERTi-1
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.16
Description:
AFM ERTi-1 (Grade 1) is the lowest strength unalloyed (or Commercially Pure-CP) grade.
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Applications:
AFM ERTi-1 (Grade 1) is used in applications where ductility is paramount, such as explosive cladding,
loose linings, expanded metal, and deep drawing applications.
It is also used in electrolytic applications like coated anode substrates for production of chlorine and sodium
chlorate.
* ERTi-1 is no longer recommended for Grade 2 in structural applications.

C
0.03
Al
-
O
0.03 ~ 0.10
V
-
H
0.005
Ru
-
* All values are considered maximum, unless otherwise noted.
Standard Sizes:
T
S
T
N
0.012
Pd
-
Fe
0.08
Ni
-
0.030
0.035
0.045
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
0.8 mm
0.9 mm
1.2 mm
1.6 mm
2.4 mm
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
A
H
F
C
I
N
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
196
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Titanium Alloys
AFM ERTi-2
AWS/SFA A5.16
Description:
AFM ERTi-2 (Grade 2) is the workhorse of the industrial corrosion market and most common unalloyed
(or Commercially Pure-CP) grade.
It is generally the most readily available in all product forms and has the lowest cost.
Applications:
AFM ERTi-2 (Grade 2) is used for process equipment like pressure vessels, columns, tanks, heat exchangers,
shafts, blowers and fans, condenser tubing, valves. fittings. and pipe.chlorate.
* ERTi-2 is no longer recommended for Grade 3 in structural applications.
C
0.03
Al
-
O
0.08 ~ 0.16
V
-
N
0.015
Pd
-
H
0.008
Ru
-
Standard Sizes:
T
S
T
T
O
B
Fe
0.12
Ni
-
0.030
0.035
0.045
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
0.8 mm
0.9 mm
1.2 mm
1.6 mm
2.4 mm
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
I
N
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
197
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Titanium Alloys
AFM ERTi-5
AWS/SFA A5.16
Description:
AFM ERTi-5 (Grade 5, Ti 6Al-4V), commonly called 6-4, is the most common and widely used alloy
grade due to its relatively low cost and good availability.
It has a UTS of 130,000 psi [895 MPa] minimum, good weldability, and can be heat treated to a higher strength
or toughness.
Applications:
AFM ERTi-5 (Grade 5) is used in aircraft components such as landing gear, wing spars, and compressor
blades.
Its corrosion resistance is generally comparable to Grade 2 and it is often used in corrosion service where
higher strength is required, particularly in shafts, high strength bolting, and keys.
Also its high strength, ability to be heat treated, weldability, excellent fatigue strength, and hardness make
this alloy excellent for industrial fans, pressure vessels, aircraft components, compressor blades,
and automotive and jet engine parts.
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
C
0.05
Al
5.5 ~ 6.75
O
0.12 ~ 0.20
V
3.5 ~ 4.5
Standard Sizes:
T
O
B
N
0.03
Pd
-
H
0.015
Ru
-
F
C
Fe
0.22
Ni
-
0.030
0.035
0.045
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
0.8 mm
0.9 mm
1.2 mm
1.6 mm
2.4 mm
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
198
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Titanium Alloys
AFM ERTi-7
T
O
B
C
AWS/SFA A5.16
Description:
AFM ERTi-7 (Grade 7) has the same mechanical properties as ERTi-2 (Grade 2).
The 0.12 wt % palladium addition improves corrosion performance under mildly reducing conditions or
where crevice or under-deposit corrosion is a problem.
Applications:
AFM ERTi-7 (Grade 7) can be considered for welding ERTi-2 (Grade 2) or 16 where improved corrosion
performance is desired.
This alloy extends the use of titanium into mildly reducing media, to much higher chloride levels, or where
the environment fluctuates between oxidizing and reducing.
C
0.03
Al
-
O
0.08 ~ 0.16
V
-
N
0.015
Pd
0.12 ~ 0.25
H
0.008
Ru
-
Standard Sizes:
Fe
0.12
Ni
-
0.030
0.035
0.045
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
0.8 mm
0.9 mm
1.2 mm
1.6 mm
2.4 mm
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
I
N
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
199
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Titanium Alloys
AFM ERTi-23
AWS/SFA A5.16
Description:
AFM ERTi-23 (Grade 23, Ti 6Al-4V) is comparable in chemical composition to Grade 5, but slightly lower
aluminum and lower levels of oxygen and other interstitial elements improve fabricability, weldability, and
toughness.
Applications:
AFM ERTi-23 (Grade 23) is used in many high strength industrial applications such as shafts where very
high strength, but better toughness and fabricability than Grade 5 is desired.
This grade is often specified for marine and offshore energy production components that are exposed to
low temperature seawater due to higher fracture toughness values than Grade 5.
With special processing, this alloy can develop high fracture toughness.
Primary uses are in surgical implants, cryogenic vessels, and airframe components.
* ERTi-23 (Grade 23) was classified ERTi-5ELI formerly.
ELI = Extra Low Interstitial

C
0.03
Al
5.5 ~ 6.5
O
0.03 ~ 0.11
V
3.5 ~ 4.5
N
0.012
Pd
-
H
0.005
Ru
-
Standard Sizes:
T
O
B
F
C
Fe
0.20
Ni
-
0.030
0.035
0.045
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
0.8 mm
0.9 mm
1.2 mm
1.6 mm
2.4 mm
3.2 mm
4.0 mm
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
200
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Titanium Alloys
Welding Considerations
Titanium and Titanium Alloys can be welded by gas tungsten arc. gas metal arc. plasma arc. and electron beam
welding processes.
Titanium is a reactive metal and is sensitive to emhrittlement by oxygen, nitrogen, and hydrogen, at elevated temperatures.
Consequently, the metal must be protected from atmospheric contamination.
This can be provided by shielding the metal with welding grade inert gas as specified in A WS A5.32/A5.32M,
Specification for Welding Shielding Gases, for classes SG-A or SG-He or by having mixtures of these single shielding gas
classes surrounding the arc as molten or solidified hot weld metal.
Welding can also be done remotely in a chamber or in a glove hag.
These chambers can be purged of air and back filled with inert gas, or, if they are rigid gas tight walls, can, be evacuated
to at least 10-4 torr [0.01 3 Pa] to remove any air contaminants.
During arc welding, the titanium should be shielded from the ambient air atmosphere until it has cooled below 800F
[430C].
Adequate protection by auxiliary inert gas shielding can be provided when welding is being performed in ambient air
atmosphere.
Ventilation and exhaust at the arc must be carried out in such a manner that the protective inert gas shielding
(arc shielding, trailing shielding, or root shielding) is not impaired.
The titanium metal should be free of thick oxide and be chemically clean prior to welding, as contamination from oxide,
water, grease, or dirt will also cause embrittlement.
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
Titanium welding rods should be chemically dean and free of heavy oxide, absorbed moisture, grease, and dirt.
If the hot end of the filler metal is removed from the gas shield prior to cooling and then reused, it contributes to weld
contamination.
The welding rod should be added by a technique that keeps the hot end within the torch gas blanket.
If the rod tip becomes contaminated, the discolored end should be cut off before reusing.
Titanium can be successfully fusion welded to zirconium, tantalum, niobium, and vanadium, although the weld metal
will be stronger and less ductile than the parent metals.
Titanium should not be fusion welded to other commonly welded metals such as copper, iron, nickel, and aluminum,
as brittle titanium intennetallic alloys are formed which produce extremely brittle welds.
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
201
A
L
M
Titanium Alloys
Specification Cross Index - Including Discontinued Titanium Electrodes
C
B
T
AWS Classfication
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Base
Metal
Filler Metal
UNS
Numbers
Aerospace
Materials
Specification
ISO
Classficationa
Japan
JIS
Z3331b
ASTM/
ASME
Grades
2007
2004
1990
1970
ERTi-1
ERTi-1
ERTi-1
ERTi-1
R50100
4951
STi-0100
YTx 28
ERTi-2
ERTi-2
ERTi-2
ERTi-2
R50120
STi-0120
YTx-35
ERTi-3
ERTi-3
ERTi-3
ERTi-3
R50125
STi-0125
YTx 49
ERTi-4
ERTi-4
ERTi-4
ERTi-4
R50130
STi-0130
ERTi-5
ERTi-5
ERTi-5
ERTi-6Al-4V
R56402
4954
STi-6402c
YTAx 640
ERTi-7
ERTi-7
ERTi-7
ERTi-0.2Pd
R52401
STi-2401
YTx 49Pd
ERTi-9e
ERTi-9ELId
ERTi-9ELI
ERTi-3Al-2.5V-1
R56321
STi-6321
N/A
ERTi-11
ERTi-11
R52251
STi-2251
Ytx 28 Pd,
YTx35 PD
11
ERTi-12
ERTi-12
ERTi-12
R53401
STi-3401
12
ERTi-13
ERTi-13
R53423
STi-3423
13
ERti-14
ERTi-14
R53424
STi-3424
14
ERT--15A
ERTi-15A
R53416
STi-3416
15
ERTi-16
ERTi-16
R52403
STi-2403
16
ERTi-17
ERTi-17
R52253
STi-2253
17
ERTi-18
ERTi-18
R56326
STi-6326
18
STi-8641
19
STi-8646
20
21
ERTi-19
ERTi-20
R58641
R58646
ERTi-21
R58211
STi-8211
ERTi-23
ERTi-23
ERTi-5ELI
ERTi-6Al-4V-1
R56408
4956
STi-6408
YTAx 640E
23
ERTi-24
ERTi-24
R56415
STi-6415
24
ERTi-25
ERTi-25
R56413
STi-6413
25
ERTi-26
ERTi-26
R52405
STi-2405
26
ERTi-27
ERTi-27
R52255
STi-2255
27
ERTi-28
ERTi-28
R56324
STi-6324
28
ERTi-29
ERTi-29
R56414
STi-6414
29
ERTi-30
ERTi-30
R53531
STi-3531
30
(Continued)
I
N
F
O
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
202
A
L
M
Titanium Alloys
Specification Cross Index - Including Discontinued Titanium Electrodes
C
B
T
AWS Classfication
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Base
Metal
Filler Metal
UNS
Numbers
Aerospace
Materials
Specification
ISO
Classficationa
Japan
JIS
Z3331b
ASTM/
ASME
Grades
2007
2004
1990
1970
ERTi-31
ERTi-31
R53533
STi-3533
31
ERTi-32
ERTi-32
R55112
STi-5112
32
ERTi-33
ERTi-33
R53443
STi-3443
33
ERTi-34
ERTi-34
R53444
STi-3444
34
ERTi-36
R58451
STi-4841c
36
38
ERTi-38
R54251
STi-5451
Discontinued
ERTi-6
ERTi-5Al-2.5Sn
R54522
4953
STi-5631
YTAx 525
Discontinued
ERTi-6ELI ERTi-5Al-2.5Sn-1
R54523
STi-5631
Discontinued
ERTi-9
ERTi-3Al-2.5V
R56320
STi-6320
YTAx 325
Discontinued
ERTi-15
ERTi-6Al-2Cb-1Ta-1Mo
R56210
STi-5621
Discontinued
ERTi-8Al-1Mo-1V
Discontinued
ERTi-13V-11Cr-3Al
The International system for Ti filler metal specifications has been published as ISO 24034:2005.
Welding Consumables - Solid wires and rods for fusion welding of titanium and titanium alloys - Classification.
The four-digit numbers in most instances are truncatcd from the five-digit UNS R-series numbers.
b
The x designates the filler metal form, B = rods, W = wire.
c
These designation numbers have been proposed for addition to ISO 24034:2005.
d
Renamed ERTi-9 in this edition.
e
The 2007 ERTi-9 composition ha been specifically designed for welding Grade 9.
It replaces the lower interstitial levels of the previous ERTi-9ELI.
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
203
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Titanium Alloys
Guide to Choice of Filler Metal for General Titanium Welding
ASTM
Base
Metal
Grade
UTS (min.)
ksi [MPa]
YS (min.)
ksi [MPa]
35 [240]
20 [138]
50 [345]
2H
Base Metal
Recommended
Filler
Metal
Alternate
Filler
Metals
Comments
Ti (unalloyed)
ERTi-1
40 [275]
Ti (unalloyed)
ERTi-2
58 [400]
40 [275]
Ti (unalloyed)
ERTi-2
65 [450]
55 [380]
Ti (unalloyed)
ERTi-3
80 [550]
70 [483]
Ti (unalloyed)
ERTi-4
130 [895]
120 [828]
Ti 6Al-4V
ERTi-5
NAa
50 [345]
40 [275]
Ti 0.15Pd
ERTi-7
7H
58 [400]
40 [275]
Ti 0.15Pd
ERTi-7
NAa
90 [620]
70 [483]
ERTi-9
NAa
11
35 [240]
20 [138]
Ti 0.15Pd
ERTi-11
12
70 [483]
50 [345]
Ti 0.8Ni-0.3Mo
ERTi-12
13
40 [275]
25 [170]
Ti 0.5Ni-0.05Ru
ERTi-13
14
60 [410]
40 [275]
Ti 0.5Ni-0.05Ru
ERTi-14
Normal
Compoosition
Ti 3Al-2.5V
-
ERTi-1 is no longer
recommended for Grade 2
in structural applications
Identical to Grade 2 except
for higher tensile stength
ERTi-2 is no longer
recommended for Grade 3
in structural application

for higher tensile strength
15
70 [483]
55 [380]
Ti 0.5Ni-0.05Ru
16
50 [345]
40 [275]
Ti 0.05Pd
ERTi-16
M
A
I
N
16H
58 [400]
40 [275]
Ti 0.05Pd
ERTi-16

17
35 [240]
20 [138]
Ti 0.05Pd
ERTi-17
ERTi-11 provides
comparable mechanical
properties and equal or better
corrosion resistance
18
90 [620]
70 [483]
Ti 3Al-2.5V ELI-0.05Pd
ERTi-18
19
115 [793]
110 [759]
Ti 3Al-8V-6Cr-4Zr-4Mo
ERTi-19
ERTi-15A
(Continued)
204
A
H
F
C
I
N
A suffix used to distinguish

from obsolete ERTi-5
composition
A
E
R
O
I
N
F
O
T
O
B
ERTi-7
ERTi-7 provide comparable

mechanical properties and
equal or better corrosion
resistance
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Titanium Alloys
Guide to Choice of Filler Metal for General Titanium Welding
ASTM
Base
Metal
Grade
UTS (min.)
ksi [MPa]
YS (min.)
ksi [MPa]
20
115 [793]
110 [759]
21
115 [793]
110 [759]
23
120 [828]
110 [759]
24
130 [895]
25
Base Metal
Recommended
Filler
Metal
Alternate
Filler
Metals
Comments
Ti 3Al-8V-6Cr-4Zr-4Mo-0.05Pd
ERTi-20
Ti 3Al-15Mo-2.5Nb-0.2Si
ERTi-21
NAa
Ti 6Al-4V ELI
ERTi-23
120 [828]
Ti 6Al-4V-0.05Pd
ERTi-24
130 [895]
120 [828]
Ti 6Al-4V-0.5Ni-0.5Pd
ERTi-25
26
50 [345]
40 [275]
Ti 0.10Ru
ERTi-26
ERTi-7
ERTi-7 provides comparable

mechanical properties and
equal or better corrosion
resistance
26H
58 [400]
40 [275]
Ti 0.10Ru
ERTi-26
ERTi-7

27
35 [240]
20 [138]
Ti 0.10Ru
ERTi-27
ERTi-1
ERTi-11 provides
properties and equal or better
28
90 [620]
70 [483]
Ti 3Al-2.5V ELI-0.10Ru
ERTi-28
ERTi-18
ERTi-18 provides
properties and comparable
29
120 [828]
110 [759]
Ti 6Al-4VELI-0.10Ru
ERTi-29
30
50 [345]
40 [275]
Ti 0.3Co-0.05Pd
ERTi-30
31
65 [450]
55 [380]
Ti 0.3Co-0.05Pd
ERTi-31
32
100 [689]
85 [586]
Ti 5Al-1Sn-1Zr-1V-0.8Mo
ERTi-32
33
50 [345]
40 [275]
Ti 0.4Ni-0.015Pd-0.015Ru-0.14Cr
ERTi-33
34
65 [450]
55 [380]
Ti 0.4Ni-0.015Pd-0.015Ru-0.14Cr
ERTi-34
35
NAa
36
65 [450]
60 [410]
ERTi-36
37
NAa
38
130 [895]
115 [794]
ERTi-38
Normal
Compoosition
Ti 45Nb
Ti 4Al-2.5V-1.5Fe
a
Either there is no current ASTM Grade or no corresponding AWS Filler Metal Grade.
Note: Properties in solution treated condition. Material is normally purchased in this condition and heat treated as required.
I
N
F
O
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
205
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Titanium Alloys
Chemical Composition Requirements for Titanium and Titanium-Alloy Electrodes and Rods
Weight Percent
UNS
Numbere
Fe
Al
Pd
Ru
Ni
ERTi-1
R50100
0.03
0.03-0.10
0.012
0.005
0.08
ERTi-2
R50120
0.03
0.08-0.16
0.015
0.008
0.12
ERTi-3
R50125
0.03
0.13-0.20
0.02
0.008
0.16
ERTi-4
R50130
0.03
0.18-0.32
0.025
0.008
0.25
ERTi-5
R56402
0.05
0.12-0.20
0.03
0.015
0.22
5.5-6.75
3.5-4.5
R52401
0.03
0.08-0.16
0.015
0.008
0.12
0.12-0.25
R56321
0.03
0.06-0.12
0.012
0.005
0.20
2.5-3.5
2.0-3.0
ERTi-11
R52251
0.03
0.03-0.10
0.012
0.005
0.08
0.12-0.25
ERTi-12
R53401
0.03
0.08-0.16
0.015
0.008
0.15
0.6-0.9
ERTi-13
R53423
0.03
0.03-0.10
0.012
0.005
0.08
0.04-0.06
0.4-0.6
ERTi-14
R53424
0.03
0.08-0.16
0.015
0.008
0.12
0.04-0.06
0.4-0.6
ERTi-15A
R53416
0.03
0.13-0.20
0.02
0.008
0.16
0.04-0.06
0.4-0.6
ERTi-16
R52403
0.03
0.08-0.16
0.015
0.008
0.12
0.04-0.08
ERTi-17
R52253
0.03
0.03-0.10
0.012
0.005
0.08
0.04-0.08
ERTi-18
R56326
0.03
0.06-0.12
0.012
0.005
0.20
2.5-3.5
2.0-3.0
0.04-0.08
ERTi-19
R58641
0.03
0.06-0.10
0.015
0.015
0.20
3.0-4.0
7.5-8.5
ERTi-20
R58646
0.03
0.06-0.10
0.015
0.015
0.20
3.0-4.0
7.5-8.5
0.04-0.08
ERTi-21
R58211
0.03
0.10-0.15
0.012
0.005
0.20-0.40
2.5-3.5
ERTi-23
R56408
0.03
0.03-0.11
0.012
0.005
0.20
5.5-6.5
3.5-4.5
ERTi-24
R56415
0.05
0.12-0.20
0.03
0.015
0.22
5.5-6.75
3.5-4.5
0.04-0.08
ERTi-25
R56413
0.05
0.12-0.20
0.03
0.015
0.22
5.5-6.75
3.5-4.5
0.04-0.08
0.3-0.8
ERTi-26
R52405
0.03
0.08-0.16
0.015
0.008
0.12
0.08-0.14
ERTi-27
R52255
0.03
0.03-0.10
0.012
0.005
0.08
0.08-0.14
ERTi-28
R56324
0.03
0.06-0.12
0.012
0.005
0.20
2.5-3.5
2.0-3.0
0.08-0.14
ERTi-29
R56414
0.03
0.03-0.11
0.012
0.005
0.20
5.5-6.5
3.5-4.5
0.08-0.14
ERTi-30
R53531
0.03
0.08-0.16
0.015
0.008
0.12
0.04-0.08
Co
0.20-0.80
ERTi-31
R53533
0.03
0.13-0.20
0.02
0.008
0.16
0.04-0.08
Co
0.20-0.80
AWS
Classfication
ERTi-7
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
a,b,c,d
ERTi-9
Other
Elements
Amount
T
O
B
C
Mo
0.2-0.4
F
C
Mo
Cr
Zr
3.5-4.5
5.5-6.5
3.5-4.5
Mo
Cr
Zr
3.5-4.5
5.5-6.5
3.5-4.5
Mo
Nb
Si
14.0-16.0
2.2-3.2
0.15-0.25
E
S
(Continued)
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
206
A
L
M
Titanium Alloys
Chemical Composition Requirements for Titanium and Titanium-Alloy Electrodes and Rods
C
B
T
a,b,c,d
Weight Percent
AWS
Classfication
ERTi-32
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
UNS
Numbere
Fe
Al
Pd
Ru
Ni
R55112
0.03
0.05-0.10
0.012
0.008
0.20
4.5-5.5
0.6-1.4
Other
Elements
Amount
Mo
Si
Zr
Sn
0.6-1.2
0.06-0.14
0.6-1.4
0.6-1.4
ERTi-33
R53443
0.03
0.08-0.16
0.15
0.008
0.12
0.01-0.02
0.02-0.04
0.35-0.55
Cr
0.1-0.2
ERTi-34
R53444
0.03
0.13-0.20
0.02
0.008
0.16
0.01-0.02
0.02-0.04
0.35-0.55
Cr
0.1-0.2
ERTi-36
R58451
0.03
0.06-0.12
0.02
0.0035
0.03
Nb
42.0-47.0
ERTi-38
R54251
0.05
0.20-0.27
0.02
0.010
1.2-1.8
3.5-4.5
2.0-3.0
A
H
Tiumium cunslilulc the remainder of 1he composition.
Single values are maximum.
Analysis of Fe and the interstitial elements C, O, H. and N shall be conducted on samples of filler metal taken after the filler metal has been reduced to its final diameter
and all processing operations have been completed.
Analysis of the other elements may be conducted on these same samples or it may have been conducted on samplestaken from the ingot or the rod stock from which
the filler metal is made.
In case of dispute, samples from the finished filler metal shall be the refree method.
T
O
B
Any element intentionally added (O, Fe, N, and C) must be measured and reported.
Residual elements, total, shall not exceed 0.20%, with no single element exceeding 0.05%, except for yttrium, which shall not exceed 0.005%.
Residual elements need not be reported unless specifically required by the purchaser.
A residual element is any element present in the metal in small quantities that is inherent in the sponge or scrap additions, but not intentionally added.
In titanium these elements include, among others, aluminum, vanadium, tin, chromium, molybdenum, niobium, zirconium, hafnium, bismuth, ruthenium,
palladium, yttrium, copper, silicon, and cobalt.
SAE HS-1086/ASTM DS-56, Metals & Alloys in the Unified Numbering System.
ERTi-9 now conforms to the lower interstiltial levels of the previous classfication ERTi-9ELI (AWS A5.16/A5.16M:2004).
I
N
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
207
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Magnesium Alloys
Guide to Choice of Filler for General Purpose Welding - Magnesium Alloys
Chemical Composition Requirements - Magnesium Alloys
Welding Considerations - Magnesium Alloy
209 ~ 210
211
211
T
O
B
C
Please contact us
for MSDS
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
208
A
L
M
C
B
T
Magnesium Alloys
Guide to the Choice of Filler Metal for General Purpose Welding
Base
Metal
AM100A
AM100A
AZ101A
AZ92A
AZ10A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ31B
AZ31C
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ63A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ80A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ81A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ91C
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ101A
EK41A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
EZ33A
EZ33A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
EZ33A
EZ33A
HK31A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
EZ33A
EZ33A
T
S
T
HM21A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
EZ33A
EZ33A
HM31A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
EZ33A
EZ33A
HZ32A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
EZ33A
EZ33A
K1A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
EZ33A
EZ33A
A
E
R
O
M1A
MG1
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
LA141A
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
AZ10A
AZ31B
AZ31C
AZ61A
AZ63A
AZ80A
AZ81A
AZ91C
AZ92A
EK41A
EZ33A
A
H
EZ33A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
QE22A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
ZE10A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
EZ33A
AZ92A
EZ33A
AZ92A
ZE41A
EZ33A
EZ33A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
ZK21A
T
O
B
(Continued)
Please contact us
for MSDS
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
209
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Magnesium Alloys
Guide to the Choice of Filler Metal for General Purpose Welding (Continued)
Base
Metal
HK31A
HK31A
EZ33A
HM21A
EZ33A
EZ33A
HM31A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
HZ32A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
K1A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
M1A
MG1
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
QE22A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
ZE10A
EZ33A
AZ92A
EZ33A
AZ92A
EZ33A
AZ92A
EZ33A
AZ92A
EZ33A
AZ92A
EZ33A
AZ61A
AZ92A
EZ33A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
ZE41A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
EZ33A
ZK21A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ92A
AZ61A
AZ92A
AZ92A
LA141A
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
HM21A
HM31A
HZ32A
K1A
LA141A
M1A
MG1
QE22A
ZE10A
ZE41A
ZK21A
T
O
B
C
Notes:
a. When more than one filler metal is given, they are listed in order of preference.
b. The letter prefix (ER or R), designating usability of the filler metal, has been deleted, to reduce clutter in the table.
c. Welding not recommended.
d. No data available.
When welding ZH62A, ZK51A, ZK60A, ZK61A; EZ33A is to be used.
Please contact us
for MSDS
F
AZ61A
AZ92A
I
N
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
210
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Magnesium Alloys
Chemical Composition Requirements
AWS
Class
Mg
Al
Be
Mn
Zn
Zr
Rare
Earth
Cu
Fe
Ni
Si
Total
Other
AZ61A
REM
5.8 ~
7.2
0.0002 ~
0.0008
0.15 ~
0.5
0.40 ~
1.5
0.05
0.005
0.005
0.05
0.30
AZ92A
REM
8.3 ~
9.7
0.0002 ~
0.0008
0.15 ~
0.5
1.7 ~
2.3
0.05
0.005
0.005
0.05
0.30
AZ101A
REM
9.5 ~
10.5
0.0002 ~
0.0008
0.15 ~
0.5
0.75 ~
1.25
0.05
0.005
0.005
0.05
0.30
EZ33A
REM
0.0008
2.0 ~
3.1
0.45 ~
1.0
2.5 ~
4.0
0.30
Welding Considerations
Gas tungsten arc and gas metal arc welding are the most commonly used processes for welding magnesium alloys.
Plasma arc welding is also suitable for magnesium alloys.
Oxyfuel gas welding should be used only for temporary repair work, when suitable arc welding equipment is not
available.
Magnesium alloys are welded by the gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) process using techniques and equipment similar
to those used for aluminum.
Argon, helium, or mixtures of these gases are used for shielding.
Alternating current is preferred because of a combination of good arc cleaning action and good joint penetration,
although direct current is also used.
Direct current with the electrode positive provides excellent cleaning action but is limited to thin base metal.
Direct current with the electrode negative is sometimes used for mechanized welding with helium shielding gas to
provide deep joint penetration.
GTAW is generally recommended for the welding of magnesium alloy castings.
Welding is usually limited to the repair of defects in clean castings.
The basic principles for gas metal arc welding (GMAW) of magnesium alloys are the same as for other base metals.
The higher filler metal deposition rate of this process reduces the welding time, thereby reducing weld distortion and
fabrication costs.
Argon is generally used as a shielding gas; occasionally mixtures of argon and helium are used.
Pulsed GMAW and short circuit GMAW are both used for magnesium alloys.
Higher welding current, to produce spray transfer of the filler metal without pulsing, is also used.
Globular transfer is not suitable.
I
N
F
O
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
211
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Tungsten Alloys
AFM Product
AWS Classification
Page
AFM Pure Tungsten
AWS/SFA A5.12
EWP (ISO 6848 - WP)
213
AFM 2% Thoriated
AWS/SFA A5.12
EWTh-2 (ISO 6848 - WTh 20)
214
AFM 2% Ceriated
AWS/SFA A5.12
EWCe-2 (ISO 6848 - WCe 20)
215
AFM 1.5% Lanthanated
AWS/SFA A5.12
EWLA-1.5 (ISO 6848 - WLa 15)
216
Chemical Composition Requirements for Tungsten Electrodes

Standard Diameters & Lengths - Tungsten Electrodes
Suitability of Current Supply Type - Tungsten Electrodes
Approximate Current Ranges depending upon the Electrode Diameter
Statement of Commission VII on Health Aspects
In The Use of Thoriated Tungsten Electrodes
M
A
G
T
O
B
C
217
218
219
220
221
I
Click to Download
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
212
A
L
M
C
B
T
Tungsten Alloys
T
O
B
C
AFM Pure Tungsten
AWS/SFA A5.12 EWP (ISO 6848 -WP)

Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM Pure Tungsten electrodes are commercially pure & unalloyed tungsten electrodes.
(99.5% Tungsten minimum).
Their current-carrying capacity is lower than that of other electrodes.
They provide good stability when used with alternating current, either balanced wave or continuously high
frequency stabilized.
They may be used with direct current and also with either argon or helium, or a combination of both,
as a shielding gas.
They maintain a clean, balled end, which is preferred for aluminum and magnesium welding.
These electrodes have reasonably good resistance to contamination of the weld metal by the electrode,
although the oxide containing electrodes are superior in this respect.
EWP electrodes are generally used on less critical applications, except for welding aluminum and magnesium.
The lower cost EWP electrodes can be used for less critical applications where some tungsten contamination
of welds is acceptable.
Tip color is Green.

W Min.
Total Other
99.5
0.5
Typical Current Ranges:
Alternating Current
Unbalance Ware
(amps)
0.040 (1.0 mm)
20 ~ 60
1/16 (1.6 mm)
50 ~ 100
3/32 (2.4 mm)
100 ~ 160
1/8 (3.2 mm)
150 ~ 200
5/32 (4.0 mm)
200 ~ 275
All values are based on the usage of argon gas.
Diameter
I
N
F
O
E
S
S
M
D
S
Alternating Current
Balanced Ware
(amps)
10 ~ 30
30 ~ 80
60 ~ 130
100 ~ 180
160 ~ 240
213
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Tungsten Alloys
T
O
B
C
AFM 2% Thoriated
AWS/SFA A5.12 EWTh-2 (ISO 6848 -WTh 20)

Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
AFM 2% Thoriated Tungsten electrodes have been designed for direct current applications.
The higher thoria content (1.72.2 percent) in the EWTh-2 electrode causes the operating characteristic
improvements to be more pronounced than in the lower thoria content EWTh-1.
They have the thoria content dispersed evenly throughout their entire length.
They maintain a sharpened point well, which is desirable for welding steel.
They can be used on alternating current work, but a satisfactory balled end, which is desirable for the welding
of nonferrous metals, is difficult to maintain.
Should it be desired to use these electrodes for alternating current welding, then balling can be accomplished
by briefly, and carefully, welding with direct current electrode positive prior to welding with alternating
current.
During alternating current welding, the balled end does not melt and so emission is not as good as from
a liquid ball on a pure tungsten (EWP) electrode.
Tip color is Red.

W
ThO2
Total Other
97.3
1.7 ~ 2.2
0.5
DCEN
(DCSP) (amps)
0.040 (1.0 mm)
15 ~ 80
1/16 (1.6 mm)
70 ~ 150
3/32 (2.4 mm)
150 ~ 250
1/8 (3.2 mm)
250 ~ 400
5/32 (4.0 mm)
400 ~ 500
Diameter
I
N
F
O
F
C
I
N
DCEP
(DCRP) (amps)
Not Applicable
10 ~ 20
15 ~ 30
25 ~ 40
40 ~ 55
E
S
S
M
D
S
214
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Tungsten Alloys
T
O
B
C
AFM 2% Ceriated
AWS/SFA A5.12 EWCe-2 (ISO 6848 -WCe 20)

Description:
B
R
Z
T
I
T
AFM 2% Ceriated Tungsten electrodes are tungsten electrodes containing about two percent cerium oxide
(CeO2), referred to as ceria.
The EWCe-2 electrodes were first introduced into the United States market in 1987.
Several other grades of this type electrode are commercially practical, including electrodes containing
one percent CeO, but only one grade, EWCe-2, has been incorporated in this specification as having
commercial significance.
The advantages of tungsten electrodes containing ceria, compared to pure tungsten, include increased ease of
starting, improved arc stability, and reduced rate of vaporization or burn-off.
Unlike thoria, ceria is not a radioactive material.
These advantages increase with increased ceria content.
These electrodes operate successfully with alternating current or direct current, either polarity.
Tip color is Grey.
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
CeO2
Total Other
Alternating Current
Unbalance Ware
(amps)
0.040 (1.0 mm)
15 ~ 80
1/16 (1.6 mm)
70 ~ 150
3/32 (2.4 mm)
140 ~ 235
1/8 (3.2 mm)
225 ~ 325
5/32 (4.0 mm)
300 ~ 400
Alternating Current
Balanced Ware
(amps)
20 ~ 60
60 ~ 120
100 ~ 180
160 ~ 250
200 ~ 320
DCEN
(DCSP) (amps)
0.040 (1.0 mm)
15 ~ 80
1/16 (1.6 mm)
70 ~ 150
3/32 (2.4 mm)
150 ~ 250
1/8 (3.2 mm)
250 ~ 400
5/32 (4.0 mm)
400 ~ 500
DCEP
(DCRP) (amps)
Not Applicable
10 ~ 20
15 ~ 30
25 ~ 40
40 ~ 55
Diameter
F
C
97.3
1.8 ~ 2.2
0.5
Diameter
E
S
S
M
D
S
215
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
Tungsten Alloys
T
O
B
C
AFM 1.5% Lanthanated
AWS/SFA A5.12 EWLA-1.5 (ISO 6848 -WLa 15)

Description:
B
R
Z
AFM 1.5% Lanthanated Tungsten electrodes which contain 1.3-1.7 wt.-% of dispersed lanthanum oxide
(La2O3) for enhanced arc starting and stability, reduced tip erosion rate, and extended operating range.
These electrodes can be used as nonradioactive substitutes for 2% thoriated tungsten as the operating
characteristics are very similar.
Lanthanated tungsten can be used for both dcen and ac applications.
Tip color is Gold.
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
CeO2
Total Other
A
H
97.8
1.3 ~ 1.7
0.5
Alternating Current
Diameter
Unbalance Ware
(amps)
0.040 (1.0 mm)
15 ~ 80
1/16 (1.6 mm)
70 ~ 150
3/32 (2.4 mm)
140 ~ 235
1/8 (3.2 mm)
225 ~ 325
5/32 (4.0 mm)
300 ~ 400
Alternating Current
Balanced Ware
(amps)
20 ~ 60
60 ~ 120
100 ~ 180
160 ~ 250
200 ~ 320
DCEN
Diameter
(DCSP) (amps)
0.040 (1.0 mm)
15 ~ 80
1/16 (1.6 mm)
70 ~ 150
3/32 (2.4 mm)
150 ~ 250
1/8 (3.2 mm)
250 ~ 400
5/32 (4.0 mm)
400 ~ 500
DCEP
(DCRP) (amps)
Not Applicable
10 ~ 20
15 ~ 30
25 ~ 40
40 ~ 55
I
N
F
O
I
N
E
S
S
M
D
S
216
F
C
W
A
L
M
Tungsten Alloys
C
B
T
Chemical Composition Requirements for Tungsten Electrodes

Classification
Symbol
(ISO 6848
Classification)
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Chemical Composition Requirement
Colour Code,
RGB Colour Value
Principal Oxidie
Mass Percent
Impurities,
Mass Percent
Tungsten,
Mass Percent
EWP
(WP)
None
N.A. b
0.5 max.
99.5 min.
Green
#008000
EWCe-2
(WCe 20)
CeO2
1.8 to 2.2
0.5 max.
Balance
Grey (formerly orange)

#808080
EWLa-1
(WLa 10)
La2O3
0.8 to 1.2
0.5 max.
Balance
Black
#000000
EWLa-1.5
(WLa 15)
La2O3
1.3 to 1.7
0.5 max.
Balance
Gold
#FFD700
EWLa-2
(WLa 20)
La2O3
1.8 to 2.2
0.5 max.
Balance
Blue
#0000FF
EWTh-1
(WTh 10)
ThO2
0.8 to 1.2
0.5 max.
Balance
Yellow
#FFFF00
EWTh-2
(WTh 20)
ThO2
1.7 to 2.2
0.5 max.
Balance
A
E
R
O
(WTh 30)
ThO2
2.8 to 3.2
0.5 max.
Balance
Violet
#EE82EE
EWZr-1
(WZr 3)
ZrO2
0.15 to 0.50
0.5 max.
Balance
Brown
#A52A2A
M
A
I
N
EWZr-8
(WZr 8)
ZrO2
0.7 to 0.8
0.5 max.
Balance
White
#FFFFFF
EWG
The manufacturer
must identify all
additions.
The manufacturer
must state the
nominal quantity
of each addition.
0.5 max.
Balance
The manufacturer may select

any color not already in use.
Note : Intentional additions of doping oxides other than indicated for a particular electrode classification is prohibited.
a
RGB color values and color samples can be found at the following website:
http://msdn2.microsoft.com/en-us/library/ms531197.aspx
N.A. = Not Applicable.
217
& Colour Samplea
Red
#FF0000
I
N
F
O
T
O
B
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
Tungsten Alloys
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Tolerance
mm
Diameter
in
Tolerance
in
Length
mm
Tolerance
mm
0.25b
0.02
0.010
0.001
50b
1.5
0.02
0.50b
0.05
0.30
1.00
1.50
1.60
A
E
R
O
0.020
0.040
0.05
0.060
0.05
2.40b
0.08
0.08
0.10
1/16
1/16
0.002
175
-1.0, +6.0
1/8
300
-1.0, +8.0
12
1/8
450
-1.0, +8.0
18
1/8
600
-1.0, +13.0
24
1/8
0.002
0.125 (1/8)
0.003
4.00
0.10
0.156 (5/32)
0.003
4.80b
0.10
0.187 (3/16)
0.003
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.250 (1/4)
0.003
8.00
0.10
10.00b
0.10
6.40
-1.0, +4.0
0.10
5.00
-1.0, +2.5
0.003
3.20
Tolerance
in
150b
0.093 (3/32)
2.50
Length
in
0.002
0.05
2.00
6.30
T
S
T
75
0.05
3.00
M
A
G
Length
Diameter
mm
T
I
T
Standard Diameters & Lengths

Size
T
O
B
A
H
F
C
I
N
a Although the metric size 1.6 mm [0.063 in] is closer to 1/16 in [0.0625 in], it has been common industry practice to refer to
the U.S. customary size 0.060 in as 1/16 in.
b Standard sizes and lengths in ISO 6848, though tolerances may be tighter in some cases.
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
218
A
L
M
Tungsten Alloys
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Suitability of Current Supply Type

Direct Current
Type of Metal or Alloy to be welded
Aluminium and its alloys, thickness 2.5 mm [0.10 in]
Aluminium and its alloys, thickness > 2.5 mm [0.10 in]
Electrode
Negative (-)
Electrode
Positive (+)
Acceptable
Acceptable
a
Alternating
Current
Best
Acceptable
N.R.
Magnesium and its alloys
N.R.
Acceptable
Best
Non-alloy (Carbon) Steels and Low Alloy Steels
Best
N.R.
N.R.
Stainless Steels
Best
N.R.
N.R.
Copper
Best
N.R.
N.R.
Bronze
Best
N.R.
Acceptable
Acceptable
N.R.
Best
Silicon Bronze
Best
N.R.
N.R.
Nickel and its alloys
Best
N.R.
Acceptable
Titanium and its alloys
Best
N.R.
Acceptable
Aluminium Bronze
N.R. = Not Recommended.
Best
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
219
A
L
M
Tungsten Alloys
C
B
T
Approximate Current Ranges depending upon the Electrode Diametera

Electrode
Diameter
B
R
Z
Pure
Tungsten
Tungsten with
Oxide Additives
Pure
Tungsten
Tungsten with
Oxide Additives
Pure
Tungsten
Tungsten with
Oxide Additives
0.25
0.010
up to 15
up to 15
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
up to 15
up to 15
up to 15
up to 15
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
up to 15
up to 15
2 to 20
2 to 20
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
2 to 15
2 to 15
0.50
0.020
1.0
0.040
10 to 75
10 to 75
Not Applicable
Not Applicable
15 to 55
15 to 70
1.5
0.060
60 to 150
60 to 150
10 to 20
10 to 20
45 to 90
60 to 125
1.6
60 to 150
60 to 150
10 to 20
10 to 20
45 to 90
60 to 125
2.0
75 to 180
100 to 200
15 to 25
15 to 25
65 to 125
85 to 160
120 to 220
150 to 250
15 to 30
15 to 30
80 to 140
120 to 210
2.5
130 to 230
170 to 250
17 to 30
17 to 30
80 to 140
120 to 210
3.0
150 to 300
210 to 310
20 to 35
20 to 35
140 to 180
140 to 230
0.093
(3/32)
3.2
0.125
(1/8)
160 to 310
225 to 330
20 to 35
35 to 50
150 to 190
150 to 250
4.0
0.156
(5/32)
275 to 450
350 to 480
35 to 50
50 to 70
180 to 260
240 to 350
4.8
0.187
(3/16)
380 to 600
480 to 650
50 to 70
50 to 70
240 to 350
330 to 450
400 to 625
500 to 675
50 to 70
50 to 70
240 to 350
330 to 460
550 to 875
650 to 950
65 to 100
35 to 100
300 to 450
430 to 575
575 to 900
750 to 1000
70 to 125
70 to 125
325 to 450
450 to 600
5.0
T
S
T
Electrode Positive (+)
in
2.4
M
A
G
Electrode Negative (-)
Alternating Current
A
mm
0.30
T
I
T
Direc Current
A
6.3
6.4
0.250
(1/4)
8.0
650 to 830
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
10.0
A
E
R
O
NOTE : If no value is given, no recommendation is available.

The current values are based on the use of argon gas, and these values may vary depending on the type of shielding gas, type of equipment,
and application.
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
220
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Tungsten Alloys
Statement of Commission VIII on Health Aspects
In The Use of Thoriated Tungsten Electrodes
Thorium oxides are found in Thoriated Tungsten Electrodes {up to 4.2% (ISO 6848-WT 40 Electrode)}6.
Thorium is radioactive and may present hazards by external and internal exposure.
If alternatives are technically feasible, they should be used.
Several studies carried out on Thoriated Electrodes have shown that due to the type of radiation generated,
external radiation risksduring storage, welding, or disposal of residuesare negligible under normal
conditions of use.
On the contrary, during the grinding of electrode tips there is generation of radioactive dust, with the risk of
internal exposure.
Consequently, it is necessary to use local exhaust ventilation to control the dust at the source, complemented
if necessary by respiratory protective equipment.
The risk of internal exposure during welding is considered negligible since the electrode is consumed at a very
slow rate.
Precautions must be taken in order to control any risks of exposure during the disposal of dust from grinding
devices.
The above statement is based on a considered view of the available reports. Commission VIII will continue to
keep these aspects under review.
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
221
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Aerospace Alloys
AFM Product
Page
Aluminum Alloy Filler Metals
223
Silver Brazing Filler Metals
223
Magnesium Alloy Filler Metals
223
Nickel Base Brazing Filler Metals
223
Titanium Alloy Filler Metals
223
Low Alloy Steels
223
Corrosion & Heat Resistant Steel and Alloy Filler Metals
224
T
I
T
T
O
B
C
A
H
Please contact us
for MSDS
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
222
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Aerospace Alloys
Aluminum Alloy Filler Metals
AMS
Spec.
Alloy
AMS
Spec.
99.0 Al
Alloy
Nominal Chemical Composition
4180
1100
4181
4008 (A356) 7.0Si 0.38Mg 0.10Ti
4184
4145
10Si 4.0Cu
4185
4047
12Si
4190
4043
5.2Si
4191
2319
6.3Cu 0.30Mn 0.18Zr 0.15Ti

0.10V
AMS
Spec.
4233
201.0
4.5Cu 0.70Ag 0.30Mn 0.25Mg

0.25Ti
4761
BAg-34
38.0Ag 32.0Cu 28.0Zn 2.0Sn
4763
BAg-7
56.0Ag 22.0Cu 17.0Zn 5.05 Sn
4244
206.0
4.6Cu 0.35Mn 0.25Mg 0.22Ti
4765
BAg-13a
56.0Ag 42.0Cu 2.0Ni
4245
355.0
5.0Si 1.2Cu 0.50Mg
4766
BAg-23
85.0Ag 15.0Mn
4246
357.0
7.0Si 0.52Mg
4767
BAg-19
92.5Ag 7.2Cu 0.22Li
4768
BAg-2
35.0Ag 26.0Cu 21.0Zn 15.0Cu
4769
BAg-1
4775
BNi-1
73.0Ni 4.5Si 14.0Cr 3.1B

4.5Fe 0 .75C
4777
BNi-2
82.0Ni 4.5Si 7.0Cr 3.1B 3.0Fe
45.0Ag 24.0Cd 16.0Zn 15.0Cu
4770
BAg-1a
50.0Ag 18.0Cd 16.5Zn 15.5Cu
4771
BAg-3
50.0Ag 16.0Cd 15.5Zn

15.5Cu 3.0Ni
4772
BAg-13
54.0Ag 40.0Cu 5.0Zn 1.0Ni
4773
BAg-18
60.0Ag 30.0Cu 10.0Sn
4774
BAg-21
63.0Ag 28.5Cu 6.0Sn 2.5Ni
Alloy
AMS
Spec.
Alloy
6452
4140VM
0.95Cr 0.20Mo (0.38- 0.43C)
6453
Hy Tuf
0.30Cr 1.8Ni 0.40Mo (0.23-0.28C)
6456
4340VM
0.80Cr 1.8Ni 0.25Mo (0.35-0.40C)
6457
4140VM
0.95Cr 0.20Mo (0.28-0.33C)
6458
17-22A (S)
0.65Si 1.25Cr 0.50Mo 0.30V

(0.28-0.33C)
6461
6130VM
0.95Cr 0.20V (0.28-0.33C)
6462
6130
0.95Cr 0.20V (0.28-0.33C)
AMS
Spec.
6466
502
5.2Cr 0 .55Mo
CP-Ti
6468
HP9-4-20
1.0Cr 3.8Co 0.45Mo 0.08V

(0.14-0.17C)
4951
0.08C 0.18O 0.005H

0.05N 0.20Fe Ti Bal
4952
6-2-4-2
6.0Al 2.0Sn 4.0Zr 2.0Mo
4953
5Al 2.5Sn
5.0 Al-2.5 Sn
4954
6Al-4V
0.05C 0.12O 0.015H 0.03N

6.75Al 4.50V 0.30Fe Ti Bal
4955
8-1-1
0.08C 0.12O 0.01H 0.05N

8.0Al 1.0Mo 1.0V Ti Bal
4956
0.03C 0.08O 0.005H 0.012N

6Al-4V(ELI) 6.75Al 4.5V 0.15Fe 0.10Mn
Ti Bal
4395
AZ92A
9.0Al 2.0Zn
4396
EZ33A
3.3Ce 2.5Zn 0.72Zr
4418
QE22A
2.5Ag 2.1Di 0.70Zr
I
N
F
O
F
C
I
N
Titanium Alloy Filler Metals
Magnesinum Alloy Filler Metals

Alloy
Silver Brazing Filler Metals
Low Alloy Steels
AMS
Spec.
Nickel Base Brazing Filler Metals
Alloy
E
S
S
M
D
S
223
T
O
B
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Aerospace Alloys
Corrosion & Heat Resistant Steels and Alloy
Filler Metals
AMS
Spec.
Alloy
Corrosion & Heat Resistant Steels and Alloy

Filler Metals
AMS
Spec.
Alloy
5805
A286VM
15.0Cr 25.5Ni 1.3Mo 2.2Ti

0.004B 0.30V
5806
903
42.0Fe 38.0Ni 15.0Co

3.0(Cb+Ta) 1.4Ti 0.92Al
5812
15-7Mo VM 15.0Cr 7.1Ni 2.4Mo 1.0Al
5813
15-7Mo
15.0Cr 7.1Ni 2.4Mo 1.0Al
5817
Greek
Ascoloy
13.0Cr 2.0Ni 3.0W
5821
410 Mod
12.0Cr Ferrite Controlled
5823
Jethete
11.8Cr 2.8Ni 1.6Co 1.8Mo

0.32 V
5824
17-7PH
17.0Cr 7.1Ni 1.0Al
5825
17-4PH
16.4Cr 4.8Ni 0.22Cb 3.2Cu
5826
15-5PH
15.0Cr 5.1Ni 0.30Cb 3.2Cu
5675
Inconel 92
70.0Ni 15.5Cr 7.0Fe 3.0Ti 2.4Mn
5679
Inconel 62
73.0Ni 15.5Cr 2.2Cb 8.0Fe
5680
347 Stainless 18.5Cr 11.0Ni 0.40(Cb+Ta)
5689
321 Stainless 18.0Cr 10.5Ni 0.40Ti
5692
316 Stainless 19.0Cr 12.5Ni 2.5Mo
5694
310 Stainless 27.0 Cr 21.5Ni
5774
AM-350
5776
410 Stainless 12.5Cr
5778
Inconel 69
72.0Ni 15.5Cr 2.4Ti 1(Cb+Ta)

0.70Al 7.0Fe
5782
19-9WMo
20.5Cr 9.0Ni 0.50Mo 1.5W

1.2(Cb+Ta) 0.20Ti
5784
29-9 (312)
29.0 Cr-9.5Ni
5786
Hastelloy W 62.5Ni 5.0Cr 24.5Mo 5.5Fe
5789
Stellite 31
54.0Co 25.5Cr 10.5Ni 7.5W
5828
Waspaloy
5794
Multimet
(N-155)
31.0Fe 21.0Cr 20.0Ni 20.0Co

3.0Mo 2.5Wi 1(Cb+Ta) 0.15N
57.0Ni 19.5Cr 13.5Co 4.2Mo

3.1Ti 1.4Al 0.006B
5830
901
5796
Haynes 25
(L-605)
12.5Cr 42.5Ni 6.0Mo 2.7Ti

0.015B 25.0Fe
52.0Co 20.0Cr 10.0Ni 15.0W
556
Hastelloy X
47.5Ni 22.0Cr 1.5Co 9.0Mo

0.60W 18.5Fe
5831
29Fe 22Cr 21Ni 18.5Co 3.2Mo

2.8W 0.78Ta 0.30Al 0.05Zr
.05La 0.20N
Rene 41
54.0Ni 19.0Cr 11.0Mo 3.2Ti

1.5Al 0.006B
5832
718
52.5Ni 19.0Cr 5.1(Cb+Ta)

0.90Ti 0.50Al 18.0Fe
5836
FM-82
72.0Ni 20.0Cr 3.0Mn 2.5Cb
Haynes 188
39.0Co 22.0Cr 22.0Ni 14.5W

0.07La
5837
625
62.0Ni 21.5Cr 9.0Mo 3.7(Cb+Ta)
A286
15.0Cr 25.5Ni 1.3Mo 2.2Ti

0.006B 0.30V
5838
Hastelloy S
65.0Ni 16.0Cr 15.0Mo 0.30Al

0.06 La
5840
PH13-8Mo
13.0Cr 8.0Ni 2.3Mo 1.1Al
5798
5800
5801
5804
16.5Cr 4.5Ni 2.9Mo 0.10N
A
H
F
C
I
N
Hastelloy, Stellite, Haynes and Multimet are registered

trademarks of Cabot Corporation.
E
S
Inconel, Incoloy and Monel are registered trademarks of

Special Metals Corporation.
Rene 41 is a registered trademark of Teledyne-Allvac.
Waspaloy is a registered trademark of Pratt and Whitney
Aircraft.
S
M
D
S
T
O
B
224
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Maintenance Alloys
AFM Product
Page
AFM Patricarc
AFM AM Steel-LH
AFM AM Steel-1
AFM AM Steel-2
AFM Chamfer Arc
AFM AM Premium Cast-1
AFM Cast Weld-1
AFM Cast Weld-2
AFM Cast Weld-3
AFM Impact Arc
AFM Abrasarc
AFM Bronze Arc
AFM Bronze G
AFM Alum Arc
AFM Alum Cor
232
Cross Reference Guide - Maintenance Alloys
247
233
234
235
236
237
T
O
B
C
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
Please contact us
for MSDS
I
N
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
225
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Maintenance Alloys
AFM Patricarc
High deposition rate.

Weld deposits are smooth, ductile, porosity-free and take on a shiny appearance.
Weld deposits are impact, abrasion, heat and corrosion resistant.
For uses such as:
Dissimilar steels, high carbon, tool and die steels, and aircraft steels.
Underlayment of hardfacing alloys in mining applications, rebuilding shafts and agitator blades in turbines,
frames, cast steel parts and gears.
Also perfect to use when the base metal is unknown.
A
H
Technical Data (Typical Value)

Hardness
Tensile Strength
Up to 120,000 psi
Yield Strength
Up to 90,000 psi
Elongation %
Up to 30
Diameter
3/32
1/8
5/32
3/16
(mm)
2.4
3.2
4.0
5.0
45 ~ 80
70 ~ 120
70 ~ 140
130 ~ 150
Amperage: AC or DC Reverse Polarity

Package Size (Lb)
T
O
B
10
Procedure:
Clean the work area.

Thick sections should be beveled.
A preheat of 400F is recommended for carbon and cast steels.
Maintain a short arc, slightly in the direction of movement and use stringer beads.
Peening is recommended.
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
226
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Maintenance Alloys
AFM AM Steel-LH
High tensile strength ferritic electrode.

High quality, all position, low amperage electrode features rapid deposition.
Deposits have good ductility, are dense, crack-free, and of x-ray quality.
Excellent for steels sensitive to cracking when welded with conventional mild steel electrodes.
For uses such as:
For tramp and problem steels high in sulphur, phosphorous, or other elements added to improve
the machinability of the steel.
For fabrication of H and I beams, angle and channel iron, pipelines, and all other steel structures.
For circular tubes to plate welds, and other type joints subject to stress and strain.
A
H

Hardness
Tensile Strength
Up to 80,000 psi
Diameter
3/32
1/8
5/32
3/16
1/4
(mm)
2.4
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.0
60 ~ 100
110 ~ 150
140 ~ 200
220 ~ 280
300 ~ 375
Amperage: AC or DC Reverse Polarity

Package Size (Lb)
T
O
B
10
Procedure:
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Area to be welded should be cleaned thoroughly.

Surface contamination must be removed and bevel or chamfer where required.
Maintain close arc length.
Vertical joints should be welded from bottom up, using rapid weave technique.
Do not whip. Use drag technique to make horizontal fillet welds.
Slag is easily removed.
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
227
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Maintenance Alloys
AFM AM Steel-1
Low amperage capability makes it excellent for poor fit-up applications and use on low, open circuit
voltage buzz boxes.
Special coating allows it to weld over extremely dirty, greasy, oil soaked and/or rusty steels.
Also can weld over its own slag without causing inclusions or slag interference.
It is not necessary to chip slag between passes.
For uses such as:
Ideal for production, as well as maintenance applications where poor fit-up is encountered.
The ability to maintain a stable arc at low amperages also makes it excellent for applications involving light
gauge steel.
Amsteel-1 easily welds on steel beams and girders that have many coats of paint without developing porosity
or defective welds.
Welds are also easily made on equipment or machines that are covered with grease and sand and cant be
cleaned before welding.
Designed for pipeline welding, tank fabrication, machine and automotive repair, as well as general construction
and fabrication.

Hardness
T
S
T
Tensile Strength
Up to 85,000 psi
Yield Strength
Up to 60,000 psi
Elongation %
Approx. 25
Diameter
3/32
1/8
5/32
(mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0
20 ~ 100
30 ~ 140
50 ~ 175
Amperage: AC or DC Either Polarity
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Package Size (Lb)
Procedure:
If possible, clean the weld areas as much as is practical. Set the amperage to the specific requirements.
If an edge build-up is required or it is thin steel, use the lower end of the amperage range.
If heavy penetration is required or the weld area is extremely dirty, use the higher end of the amperage range.
A close to medium arc gap should be maintained.
Slag chipping is recommended, but not necessary on multipass applications.
S
M
D
S
228
A
H
F
C
I
N
10
I
N
F
O
T
O
B
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Maintenance Alloys
AFM AM Steel-2
Designed to operate on almost any AC or DC welding machine even when the open circuit voltage is
very low.
Special coating protects the weld deposit from adverse conditions normally encountered in maintenance
repair welding.
Low amperage requirement controls distortion when welding thin sheet metal;
spatter is kept to a minimum.
Ideal for field work and out-of-position welding.
For uses such as:
Fabrication thin, medium, heavy and dissimilar gauge mild steel.
Sheets, plates, angle iron, beams, pipes, and machine parts can be welded in all positions.
Also used for filling holes and build-up of over-machined and worn surfaces.
Commonly used on applications requiring short, intermittent and spot welds because of the outstanding
restarting characteristics.

Hardness
Tensile Strength
Up to 80,000 psi
Yield Strength
Up to 68,000 psi
Elongation %
Approx. 24
1/16
3/32
1/8
5/32
3/16
(mm)
1.6
2.4
3.2
4.0
5.0
20 ~ 25
35 ~ 80
65 ~ 125
90 ~ 160
120 ~ 210
Package Size (Lb)
Procedure:
S
M
D
S
Remove as much foreign material as practical from the weld area.

DC reverse polarity (electrode +) produces deep penetration;
DC straight polarity (electrode -) will have limited penetration and a flatter bead.
AC prevents arc blow.
A medium arc length should be maintained with either stringer or weave beads.
Slag is easily removed with a light chipping hammer.
229
10
I
N
F
O
Diameter
Amperage: AC or DC Either Polarity
T
O
B
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Maintenance Alloys
AFM Chamfer Arc
High speed cutting electrode for use with all standard arc equipment.
No special skills, oxygen tanks, or air compressors are required.
Special coating protects the electrode from overheating.
For uses such as:
Cutting, beveling, and piercing of cast iron, stainless steel, manganese steel, carbon steel, malleable iron,
aluminum, copper, bronze, nickel and nickel alloys.
Ideal for cleaning out defects and removing rivets.

Metal Thickness
1/8 to 1 (3.25 mm to 25 mm)
1/8 (3.2 mm)
1/4 to 1 (6.0 mm to 38 mm)
5/32 (4.0 mm)
Diameter
1/8
5/32
(mm)
3.2
4.0
140 ~ 350
175 ~ 400
Amperage: AC or DC Straight (-)

Package Size (Lb)
T
O
B
F
C
10
Procedure:
The fastest and cleanest cuts use DC straight polarity (electrode -).
When piercing, hold electrode vertical to work, strike arc, and push in and out until hole has been formed.
When cutting sheets or plates, start at the edge, strike arc, and use electrode like a saw;
push and pull with the electrode at a 45 angle to the work piece.
In all cases the arc must be kept as short as possible.
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
230
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Maintenance Alloys
AFM AM Premium Cast-1
T
O
B
C
High strength alloy for dirty cast iron.

Machinable deposits.
Specially designed for contaminated, oil-soaked cast iron.
Alloyed core wire with unique flux coating produces strong, crack-resistant welds.
For uses such as:
Joining cast iron to steel, transmission gear housings, gray, ductile & nodular cast iron, sewer pipes.
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Tensile Strength
Hardness
Chemistry
Diameter (mm)
Amperage
Package Size (Lb)
Up to 60,000 psi (415 N/mm2)

HB 210
C
Ni
1
55
2.5
3.2
40 ~ 70
70 ~ 110
3.5
5.0
Fe & Others
Balance
4.0
90 ~ 130
5.0
Classifications Similar to:

AWS/SFA A5.15
DIN 8573
ENiFe-Cl
ENiFe-2-BG11
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
231
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Maintenance Alloys
AFM Cast Weld-1
T
O
B
C
Premium high nickel alloy for cast iron.

Maximum machinability of deposit and HAZ.
Pulsating arc for low temperature welding of cast iron in all positions.
Pulsating arc removes impurities resulting in a porosity-free weld deposit.
For uses such as:
Engine blocks, joining cast iron to steel, gear housings, joining cast iron to stainless steels.
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Tensile Strength
Hardness
Chemistry
Diameter (mm)
Amperage
Package Size (Lb)
Up to 50,000 psi (345 N/mm2)

HB 160
C
Ni
0.70
96
2.5
3.2
30 ~ 70
55 ~ 110
2.5
5.0
Fe & Others
Balance
4.0
75 ~ 135
5.0

AWS/SFA A5.15
DIN 8573
ENi-Cl
ENi-BG11
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
232
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Maintenance Alloys
AFM Cast Weld-2
Maximum strength alloy for cast iron.

Special bi-metal core wire prevents overheating of electrode.
Soft arc allows for easy machinability of highly crack-resistant weld deposit.
Pulsating arc on DC- and AC removes impurities from base material, even on dirty, oily .....surfaces.
Suitable for welding cast iron to steel.
For uses such as:
Cylinder heads, machine bases, ship engine manifolds, filling holes, cast gear teeth, pump housings.

Tensile Strength
Hardness
Chemistry
Diameter (mm)
Amperage
Package Size (Lb)
Up to 75,000 psi (520 N/mm2)

HB 200
C
Ni
0.70
54
2.5
3.2
35 ~ 80
65 ~ 120
4.0
5.0
T
O
B
Fe & Others
Balance
4.0
75 ~ 140
5.0

T
S
T
AWS/SFA A5.15
DIN 8573
ENiFe-Cl
ENiFe-1-BG11
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
233
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Maintenance Alloys
AFM Cast Weld-3
Nickel-free electrode with non-machinable deposit.

Formulated for dirty and difficult-to-weld cast iron.
Suitable for joining problem cast iron to steel.
Successfully used when nickel alloys fail to adhere.
For uses such as:
Burned furnace grates, cracked machine bases, build up of abrasion, pump housings worn areas, low quality
cast iron.

Tensile Strength
Yield Strength
Hardness
Color Match
Chemistry
Diameter (mm)
Amperage
Package Size (Lb)
Up to 140,000 psi (965 N/mm2)

Up to 120,000 psi (827 N/mm2)
HB 350
Good
C
Mn
0.40
1.00
2.5
3.2
35 ~ 80
75 ~ 110
5.0
5.0
F
Fe & Others
Balance
4.0
100 ~ 150
5.0
I
N

AWS/SFA A5.15
DIN 8573
T
O
B
ESt
EFe-2-BG11
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
234
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Maintenance Alloys
AFM Impact Arc

High chromium, high manganese alloy for joining and rebuilding manganese and carbon steel plates.
High alloy deposits are very tough and will take extreme impact and abrasion conditions.
Has excellent weldability with very low spatter.
Operates easily in all positions.
For uses such as:
Rebuilding and joining austenitic manganese steels and manganese steels to other steel combinations.
Especially designed for high impact applications such as rail frogs and switch points, roller crushers, hammers,
shovel tracks.
Also excellent for use as a base for harder overlays.

Hardness
16 ~ 19 - As Deposited work hardens to: Rc 48
Diameter (mm)
M
A
G
T
S
T
3.2
4.0
5.0
6.0
Amperage: AC or DC Reverse Polarity (+)
110 ~ 135
125 ~ 190
150 ~ 250
225 ~ 325
Package Size (Lb)
10
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
Procedure:
Remove any hardened or fatigued material from the surface with AFM Chamfer Arc.
Deposits may be placed with either the stringer bead or weaving technique.
This electrode deposits easily in all positions with excellent build-up quality.
Avoid overheating on manganese steel bas metals.
Deposits work harden rapidly.
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
235
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Maintenance Alloys
AFM Abrasarc
55 ~ 60 RC
Diameter (mm)
Amperage: AC or DC Reverse Polarity (+)
Package Size (Lb)
M
A
G
General purpose surfacing alloy for surfaces subjected to abrasive wear and impact.
Crack resistant deposits, but can be forged.
Heavy build-ups are possible without the need for softer cushion layers.
For uses such as:
Build-up and surfacing of new or worn machine parts of steel, cast steel, and manganese steel, dredger teeth,
crusher jaws, hammer mill parts, conveyors, pressure rollers, shovel teeth, stampers, caterpillar drives,
and earth borers.
Hardness
3.2
4.0
5.0
80 ~ 120
110 ~ 160
140 ~ 180
T
O
B
10
Procedure:
Remove all foreign material from weld area. Preheat is not necessary.
Maintain a medium arc length making either stringer beads or weave beads.
Allow part to cool slowly.
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
236
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
Maintenance Alloys
AFM Bronze Arc
T
O
B
C
AC/DC+ Tin/Bronze electrode for joining and surfacing.

All position electrode with minimum spatter and easy slag removal.
Excellent color match to bronze.
Offers good resistance to sea water and other chemicals.
For uses such as:
Arc brazing galvanized sheets, impellers, defects in new bronze castings, gear wheels
T
I
T
Tensile Strength
Up to 50,000 psi (345 N/mm2)
Elongation %
30
Hardness
HB 80
Cu
Sn
Fe & Others
94
4.50
Balance
2.5
3.2
4.0
80 ~ 120
100 ~ 150
125 ~ 190
5.0
5.0
5.0
Chemistry
M
A
G
T
S
T
Diameter (mm)
Amperage
Package Size (Lb)
F
C

AWS/SFA A5.6
DIN 1733
ECuSn-C
EL-CuMn7
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
237
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Maintenance Alloys
AFM Bronze G
Super strength, general use brazing rod.

Excellent for overlaying & build-up at low temperatures (760-870C).
Excellent for close fitting joints, thin-flowing at high temperatures (900-955C).
Designed to build-up or join carbon steels, alloy steels, cast iron, and many nonferrous materials.
Super active flux promotes ultra-thin flowing of alloy.
For uses such as:
Gear teeth build-up, attaching carbide cutting tips, build-up of bearing shafts, joining bicycle assemblies,
brazing of rusty surface, heavy equipment repair.
A
H

Tensile Strength
Working Temperature
Remelt Temperature
Hardness
Chemistry
Up to 70,000 psi (483 N/mm )

760C ~ 955C (1,400F ~1,750F)
980C (1,800F )
HB 135
Cu
Ni
T
O
B
Zn
48
10
42
Diameter (mm)
2.5
3.2
4.0
Package Size (Lb)
5.0
5.0
5.0
AWS/SFA A5.8
RBCuZn-D
DIN 8513
L-CuNi10Zn42
For best results, use a neutral flame.
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
238
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Maintenance Alloys
AFM Alum Arc
A
E
R
O
Chemistry
(Core Wire)
Diameter (mm)
Amperage
Package Size (Lb)
T
S
T
Universal flux-coated aluminum stick electrode for arc welding or gas welding.
Ideal for outdoor use when MIG/TIG welding is not suitable.
Exceptional arc stability at low amperages with minimum spatter.
Deposits have excellent corrosion resistance and color match.
For uses such as:
- Build-up of castings
- Aluminum castings
- Repair of machining errors
- Tanks & Pipes
Tensile Strength
Hardness
Color Match
Hardness
T
O
B
Up to 25,000 psi (173 N/mm2)

HB 40 ~55
Good (will darken if anodized)
HB 135
Si
Al & Others
5.0
Balance
2.5
3.2
4.0
50 ~ 80
80 ~ 130
100 ~ 160
2.5
2.5
2.5
I
N
AWS/SFA A5.3
E4043
DIN 1732
EL-ALSi5
For best results with a torch, use a slightly carburizing flame.
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
239
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Maintenance Alloys
AFM Alum Cor
Unique flux-cored aluminum brazing rod.

Excellent for build-up and repair of all weldable grades of aluminum including cast alloys.
Designed expecially for dirty applications.
Can be applied in all positions using an oxy-fuel torch.
Ideal for joining dissimilar sizes and for poor fit-up applications.
For uses such as:
- Cast engine blocks
- Oily casting repairs
- Aluminum pump housings
- Automotive parts
A
H

Tensile Strength
Working Temperature
Elongation %
Hardness
Color Match
Chemistry
(Core Wire)
Diameter (mm)
Up to 30,000 psi (207 N/mm2)

600C (1,100F)
20
HB 40 ~55
Good (will darken if anodized)
Al
Si
95
T
O
B
Fe & Others
Balance
3.2
Package Size (Lb)

1.0
For best results, use a slightly carburizing flame.
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
S
M
D
S
240
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Maintenance Alloys
Cross Reference Guide
AFM
ALL STATE
CERTANIUM
EUTECTIC
MG
(MESSER)
INWELD
UTP
WELCO
ROCKMONT
PATRIARC
275
707
680
MG 600
955
62
Super
Missileweld
Brutus-A
ALSTEEL-LH
616
747
66
MG 540
918
613
86
Polaris-A
AMSTEEL 1
Steel Arc Plus
700
Steeltectic
MG 506
611
Steelweld
Tartan B
AMSTEEL 2
Steel Arc
701, 702
Beauty Weld
MG 500
909
612
83-88
Tartan A
CHAMFER ARC
Chamfer Rod,
Cutting Electrode
100
CamferTrode,
Cutrod 1
MG 560,
MG 570
414,
450
82,
82-AS
Camferarc,
Cutrod
Electra
PREMIUM CAST-1
4-60,
4-60 Super
889/889SP
2-23,
2-25
MG 210,
MG 289
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Jupiter A
CAST WELD-1
4 IMP
2-24
MG 200
713
8, 88, 888
94
Jupiter B
4-60
889
2250
MG 210
712
84, 85, 86
65
Jupiter A
CASTWELD-3
6 IMP
885
27
MG 220
717
81
28
Jupiter NM
IMPACT ARC
NiMatrix,
Super Join M
282, 298,
706/792
4,
40
MG 745,
MG 750
501,
503
63 / 630
240
Apollo A, B
BUILD UP
Roll Matrix
2-B
MG 740
620
9B
267
N6712
MG 760
6700
180
Olympia B000
CHROMCARB
HS-7
297
N6006
MG 770
711B/7100
BRONZE ARC
24 AC/DC,
24 DC
421/423,
429
2800
MG 310,
MG 320
626
32,
320
23
Venus B
BRONZE G
11-13FC
70F / 87F
185XFC
MG 130
285
2/6
14, 17, 17FC
Olympia C
Omega N
ALUM ARC
34
608
2101, 2109
MG 400
606
48
26
Neptune A
ALUM COR
SealCor
68C
21FC-E
MG 420
230
ALFC
Cor-Al
Neptune GCF
Steel:
Bronze:
Patricarc
AM Steel-LH
AM Steel-1
AM Steel-2
Chamfer Arc
- High strength for dissimilar steels

- For low and medium carbon steels
- Deep penetration on mild steels
- Low heat input on mild steels
- Gouging, cutting and chamfering all steels
Cast Iron:
Premium Cast-1
Castweld-1
Castweld-2
Castweld-3
Bronze Arc
Bromze G
- Buildup and joining on copper, Brass and

Bronze
- Oxy and Acet build up and joining
Aluminum:
- Copper clad core for all cast iron
- Fully machinable all cast iron
- Cast to cast and cast to steel
- Non-machinable for all cast iron
Power:
Alum Arc
Alum Cor
- Electrode for weldable aluminum

- Flux cored aluminum for torch
Hardfacing:
AFM 1
AFM 2
AFM 4
AFM 120SF
AFM 140SF
AFM 160SF
- Bond Coat
- Stainless type final coat
- Aluminum Bronze final cut
- Spray and fuse Nickel Base 14RC
Impactarc
Build Up
Abrasarc
Chromcarb
- Severe impact on Manganese and steel

- For buildup on steel
- Impact and abrasion on steel
- High abrasion and light impact on steel
S
M
D
S
241
CAST WELD-2
ABRASARC
M
A
G
84, 85, 86
T
O
B
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
Reference & Useful Information

Contents
Page
Inch & Millimeter Decimal Equivalents of Fractions of an Inch

Inch - millimeter Conversion Chart
Weights & Measures
Feet Per Pound - Stainless Rounds
General Conversion Formulas
243
Contents
Page
Recommended Gases for Welding

GTAW Gases
GMAW Gases
Gas Selection for Gas Metal Arc Welding [Table 2]
244
244
245
246
247 ~ 248
249 ~ 250
T
O
B
C
A
H
251 ~ 259
AWS Filler Metal Specifications by Material & Welding Process
260
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
242
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
Inch & Millimeter Decimal Equivalents of Fractions of an Inch

Inch
Fraction
Decimal
1/64
.015 625
1/32
Inch
Millimeter
Millimeter
Fraction
Decimal
0.396 875
33/64
.515 625
13.096 875
.031 250
0.793 750
17/32
.531 250
13.493 750
3/64
.062 500
1.190 625
35/64
.546 250
13.890 625
1/16
.078 125
1.587 500
9/16
.562 500
14.287 500
5/64
.093 750
1.984 375
37/64
.578 125
14.684 375
3/32
.109 375
2.381 250
19/32
.593 750
15.081 250
7/64
.125 000
2.778 125
39/64
.609 375
15.478 125
1/8
.140 625
3.175 000
5/8
.625 000
15.875 000
9/64
.156 250
3.571 875
41/64
.640 625
16.271 875
5/32
.171 875
3.968 750
21/32
.656 250
16.668 750
11/64
.187 500
4.365 625
43/64
.671 875
17.065 625
3/16
.203 125
4.762 500
11/16
.687 500
17.462 500
13/64
.203 125
5.159 375
45/64
.703 125
17.859 375
7/32
.218 750
5.556 250
23/32
.718 750
18.256 250
15/64
.234 375
5.953 125
47/64
.734 375
18.653 125
1/4
.250 000
6.350 000
3/4
.750 000
19.050 000
17/64
.265 625
6.746 875
49/64
.765 625
19.446 875
9/32
.281 250
7.143 750
25/32
.781 250
19.843 750
19/64
.296 875
7.540 625
51/64
.796 875
20.240 625
5/16
.312 500
7.937 500
13/16
.812 500
20.637 500
21/64
.328 125
8.334 375
53/64
.828 125
21.034 375
11/32
.343 750
8.731 250
27/32
.843 750
21.431 250
23/64
.359 375
9.128 125
55/64
.859 375
21.828 125
3/8
.375 000
9.525 000
7/8
.875 000
22.225 000
25/64
.390 625
9.921 875
57/64
.890 625
22.621 875
13/32
.406 250
10.318 750
29/32
.906 250
23.018 750
27/64
.421 875
10.715 625
59/64
.921 875
23.415 625
7/16
.437 500
11.112 500
15/16
.937 500
23.812 500
29/64
.453 125
11.509 375
61/64
.953 125
24.209 375
15/32
.468 750
11.906 250
31/32
.968 750
24.606 250
31/64
.484 375
12.303 125
63/64
.984 375
25.003 125
1/2
.500 000
12.700 000
1.000 000
25.400 000
I
N
F
O
T
O
B
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
243
A
L
M
C
B
T
Inch - Millimeter Conversion Chart (1 Inch = 25.4 Millimeters)

Gauge
Inch Decimal
Millimeters
Gauge
Inch Decimal
Millimeters
30
.0120
.3048
16
.0598
1.5189
29
.0135
.3429
15
.0673
1.7094
28
.0149
.3785
14
.0747
1.8974
27
.0164
.4166
13
.0897
2.2784
26
.0179
.4547
12
.1046
2.6568
25
.0209
.5309
11
.1196
3.0378
24
.0239
.6071
10
.1345
3.4163
23
.0269
.6833
.1495
3.7973
22
.0299
.7595
.1644
4.1758
21
.0329
.8357
.1793
4.5542
20
.0359
.9119
.1943
4.9352
19
.0418
1.0617
.2092
5.3137
18
.0478
1.2141
.2242
5.6947
17
.0538
1.3665
.2391
6.0731
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Weights & Measures

1 pound (lb)
= 453.6 grams
100 lb
= 45.36 kilograms
112 lb
= 50.80 kilograms
1 short ton (2,000 lb)
= 907.2 kilograms
1 long ton (2,240 lb)
=1,016 kilograms
1 kilometer
= 6.4516 square centimeters

= 645.16 millimeters
1 square foot
= 0.0929 square meter
1 kilo grams
= 2,2046 lbs
1 square yard
= 0.8361 square meter
100 kilograms
= 220.46 lbs
1 square millimeter
= 0.00155 square inch
1 metric ton (1,000 kilograms)
= 2,204.6 lbs
1 square centimeter
= 0.155 square inch
= 0.9842 gross ton
1 square meter
= 10.7639 square feet
= 1.1023 net tons

1 inch
= 25.40 millimeters
= 1.196 square yards

1 pound per foot
= 1.4882 kilograms per meter
1 foot (12 inches)
= 30.48 centimeters
1 pound per yard
= 0.4961 kilograms per meter
1 yard (3 feet)
= 91.44 centimeters
1 pound per square inch
= 0.0703 kilograms per
1 mile (1,760 yard)
= 1,609.35 meters
1 millimeter
= 0.03937 inches
1 centimeter
= 0.3937 inches
1 meter
= 39.37 inches
1 kilogram per meter
= 0.6720 pounds per feet
= 3.2808 feet
1 kilogram per square millimeter
= 1,422.32 pounds per square inch
1 kilogram per square centimeter
= 14.2232 pounds per square inch
1 kilogram per square meter
= 0.2048 pounds per square foot
square centimeter
1 pound per square foot
= 4.8825 kilograms per

square meter
= 1.8433 pounds per square yard
244
A
H
F
C
= 0.62137 mile
= 3,280 feet
1 square inch
T
O
B
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O

Feet Per Pound - Stainless Rounds
Diameter Inches
Feet Per Pound
Diameter Inches
Feet Per Pound
Diameter Inches
Feet Per Pound
.016
1,445
.057
114
.098
38.4
.017
1,280
.058
110
.099
37.7
.018
1,141
.059
106
.100
36.9
.019
1,024
.060
103
.105
33.7
.020
925
.061
99
.109
31.3
.021
839
.062
96
.114
28.5
.022
764
.063
93
.120
25.8
.023
699
.064
90
.125
23.6
.024
642
.065
88
.135
20.6
.025
592
.066
85
.140
18.8
.026
547
.067
82
.148
17.1
.027
507
.068
80
.156
15.1
.028
472
.069
78
.162
14.3
.029
440
.070
75
.171
12.64
.030
411
.071
73
.177
11.97
.031
385
.072
71
.178
10.57
.032
361
.073
69
.192
10.17
.033
340
.074
68
.203
8.97
.034
320
.075
65.7
.207
8.75
.035
302
.076
64
.218
7.78
.036
285
.077
62.3
.225
7.39
.037
270
.078
60.7
.234
6.75
.038
256
.079
59.2
.243
6.31
.039
243
.080
57.7
.250
5.92
.040
231
.081
56.3
.262
5.44
.041
220
.082
54.9
.283
4.68
.042
210
.083
53.6
.306
3.99
.043
200
.084
52.3
.3125
3.84
.044
191
.085
51.1
.331
3.42
.045
183
.086
49.9
.344
3.17
.046
175
.087
48.8
.3625
2.85
.047
167
.088
47.7
.375
2.67
.048
160
.089
46.6
.394
2.42
.049
154
.090
45.6
.406
2.27
.050
148
.091
44.6
.430
2.02
.051
142
.092
43.6
.4375
1.96
.052
137
.093
42.7
.462
1.76
.053
132
.094
41.8
.469
1.71
.054
127
.095
40.9
.490
1.56
.055
122
.096
40.1
.500
1.50
.056
118
.097
39.2
245
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
General Conversion Formulas

Covert To
Formula
Example
B
R
Z
ksi (1,000 lb/in )- MPa (N/mm )
ksi X 6.8948
50.77 ksi =350 MPa
MPa (N/mm ) - ksi (1,000 lb/in )
MPa X 0.14503774
350 MPa = 50.77 ksi
psi (1 lb/in2)- MPa (N/mm2)
psi X 0.0068948
39,160 psi = 270 MPa
MPa (N/mm ) - psi (1 lb/in )
MPa X 145.03774
270 MPa = 39,160 psi
T
I
T
Covert To
Formula
Example
ft/lb - J
ft/lb X 1.35582
50 ft/lb = 67.79 J
J - ft/lb
J X 0.737562
67.79 J = 50 ft/lb
ft/lb - kg/m
ft/lb X 0.138255
50 ft/lb = 6.91275 kg/m
kg/m - ft/lb
kg/m X 7.23301
6.913 kg/m = 49.999899 ft/lb
lb/ft - kg/m
lb/ft X 1.48817
5 lb/ft = 7.44085 kg/m
kg/m - lb/ft
kg/m X 0.67196624
7.44085 kg/m = 5 lb/ft
Covert To
Formula
Example
mm - in
mm X 0.03937008
10 mm = 0.394 in
in - mm
in X 25.4
2 in = 50.80 mm
mm - ft
mm X 0.00328084
304.8 mm = 1.00 ft
ft - mm
ft X 304.8
3 ft = 914.4 mm
Covert To
Formula
Example
kg - lb
kilograms X 2.2046
10 kg = 22.046 lb
lb - kg
pounds X 0.453597024
10 lb = 4.536 kg
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
T
O
B
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
246
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
GTAW Gases:
Shielding Gases (see Table 1)
Argon (SG-A)
Argon, an inert gas, is the most commonly used shielding gas for the GTAW process.
It has low thermal conductivity and provides a narrow arc column.
Argon affords welders considerable manipulative flexibility.
Its low arc voltage characteristic permits arc length variations with minimal influence on arc energy & weld bead shape.
Argon provides relatively easy arc initiation due to its low ionization potential.
Argon is preferred over helium for alternating current (AC) welding applications because of enhanced cleaning action,
arc stability, and weld appearance.
Argon is denser than air, providing adequate shielding at lower flow rates than helium.
Helium (SG-He)
Helium is a chemically inert shielding gas that has high thermal conductivity and high ionization potential.
Arc voltages are higher with helium than argon for a given current setting and arc length.
These attributes increase the heat input which affects bead width and depth of arc penetration.
For this reason, helium is often mixed with argon for welding base metals with high melting temperatures or high thermal conductivity.
When using direct current electrode negative (DCEN) for mechanized GTAW of aluminum, helium shielding provides
greater depth of fusion and higher travel speeds than argon.
Mechanical removal of surface oxides is generally required when using GTAW with DCEN and helium shielding gas for
welding aluminum.
Although it offers definite advantages for some applications, helium produces a less stable arc and less desirable arc starting characteristics than argon.
Helium usually requires higher shielding flow rates than argon.
Argon+Helium (SG-AHe)
Helium is added to argon to take advantage of the best operating characteristics of each gas.
The superior arc starting and stable arc characteristics of argon with heliums higher thermal conductivity produce highquality gas tungsten arc welds on aluminum using alternating current.
Increased travel speeds and greater depth of fusion, for both manual and mechanized welding of nonferrous alloys can
be produced as helium content is increased.
Helium content usually ranges between 25% and 75%.
Argon+Hydrogen (SG-AH)
Additions of hydrogen increase the heat input, permitting faster travel, increased depth of fusion, better wetting action,
and broader weld bead profile.
Argon-hydrogen mixtures provide a reducing atmosphere in the arc, removing oxygen from the weld area.
A typical argon-hydrogen mixture is 95% argon and 5% hydrogen.
Mixtures of argon and hydrogen are frequently used to weld austenitic stainless steels. nickel, and nickel based alloys.
Argon-hydrogen mixtures should not be used to weld carbon or low alloy steels because of the potential of hydrogeninduced cracking,.
T
O
B
247
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
T
O
B
C
B
T
Special safety precautions are required when mixing argon and hydrogen.
Users should NOT mix argon and hydrogen from separate cylinders without the use of approved
mixing equipment.
B
R
Z
Shielding Gas Flow Rates.

Shielding gas flow rates are influenced by the factors listed below.
For example, the type of gas affects flow rates that may be required to produce a satisfactory weld.
Argon can be used for GTAW on all base metals.
Typical flow rates are from 10 scfh to 35 scfh [5 L/min to 16 L/min].
Helium is less dense than argon and therefore may require higher flow rates.
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
(1) Type of base metal

(2) Type and position of joint
(3) Torch position
(4) Amperage
(5) Type of gas
(6) Gas nozzle type and size
(7) Manual or automatic welding mode
(8) Outdoor conditions such as wind
Recommended Types of Current, Tungsten Electrodes, and Shielding Gases

for GTAW of Different Metals and Alloys [Table 1]
Thickness
Type of
Current (1), (2)
Tungsten
Electrode Type (3)
Shielding Gases
Aluminum Alloys
All
>1/8 in. [3 mm]
<1/8 in. [3 mm]
AC
DCEN
DCEP
Pure or Zirconiated
Thoriated
Thoriated or Zirconiated
Argon or Argon-Helium
Argon-Helium or Argon
Argon
Copper &
Copper Alloys
All
<1/8 in. [3 mm]
DCEN
AC
Thoriated
Pure or Zirconiated
Helium or Argon-Helium
Argon
Nickel &
Nickel Alloys
All
DCEN
Thoriated
Argon
Magnesium Alloys
All
<1/8 in. [3 mm]
AC
DCEP
Pure or Zirconiated
Zirconiated or Thoriated
Argon
Argon
Plain Carbon &

Low Alloy Steels
All
<1/8 in. [3 mm]
DCEN
AC
Thoriated
Argon or Argon-Helium
Argon
DCEN
Argon, Argon-Helium,
Hydrogen (5% Max.) (4)
AC
Thoriated
Argon
DCEN
Thoriated
Argon, Argon-Helium
Metal
Stainless Steel
Titanium Alloys
All
All
Notes;
(1) Where AC is listed, variable polarity or pulse current could be used.
(2) AC = Alternating current: DCEP = Direct current electrode positive; DCEN = Direct current electrode negative.
(3) Where thoriated tungsten electrodes are recommended, ceriated or lanthanated electrodes may also be used.
(4) Austenitic stainless steels only.
248
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O

GMAW Gases:
Process Description
Gas metal arc welding (GMAW) is a welding process that uses an arc between a continuous filler metal electrode
(which can be solid or metal cored) and the weld pool.
The arc continuously melts the wire as it is fed to the weld pool, and both are protected from the atmosphere by the flow
of shielding gas.
Process Variations and Metal Transfer Modes.
The GMAW process includes distinctive metal transfer modes: short-circuiting transfer, globular transfer (in argon
and in carbon dioxide), spray transfer, pulsed spray transfer, and high-current-density rotational or non-rotational spray
(high deposition) transfer.
Factors that determine metal transfer mode are current, electrode alloy type, electrode diameter, arc length, power supply characteristics, and shielding gas.
Short-Circuiting Transfer Mode.
The short-circuiting transfer mode occurs at low welding current and arc voltage.
The arc characteristics of this transfer mode produces a small fast-solidifying weld pool that is generally suited for
the joining of thin base metals in all positions, and for the filling of wide root openings.
With material that is thicker than 1/8 in. 13 [mm], extreme care must be taken to prevent incomplete fusion.
Since heat input is usually low, distortion of the work piece is minimized.
The electrode feeds at a constant speed and contacts the work piece or molten pool, at which time a short circuit occurs.
The current from the power supply increases and heats the wire to a point where the end of the wire melts off, creating
an arc between the wire end and the work piece. At that point in the sequence, there is no metal transfer across the arc.
The welding wire short-circuiting sequence repeats itself from 50 to 250 times per second.
Globular Transfer Mode.
Globular transfer takes place when the current and arc voltage are between the short-circuiting and spray transfer
range.
Regardless of the type of shielding gas, carbon dioxide yields this type of transfer at all usable welding currents above
the short-circuiting range.
Globular transfer is characterized by an irregular drop size approximately 2 to 4 times the diameter of the electrode.
The mechanism producing globular transfer is generated in a specific current and voltage range.
With carbon dioxide, the droplet is not propelled across the arc.
The droplet surface tension and the repelling force of the arc acting toward the wire end tends to hold the droplet on
the end of the wire until it transfers by gravity.
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
Spray Transfer Mode.

In an argon-rich shielding gas, the transfer mode changes from globular to spray as welding current increases for any
given electrode diameter.
The change takes place at a value called the globular to spray transition current.
Spray transfer in argon has a constricted arc column and pointed electrode tip.
Molten metal transfers across the arc as small droplets.

The metal transfer is axially directed to the work piece.
Since the metal droplets are small, the transfer rate can be as high as several
hundred droplets per second.
F
C
W
249
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N

Pulsed Spray Transfer Mode.
In the pulsed spray transfer mode, the current is cycled between a high and low value at a rate of up to several hundred
cycles per second. The low level current is below the spray transition current, while the high current pulse is above the
spray transition current.
Metal is transferred to the work piece only during the high current pulse.
Ideally, one small droplet is transferred during each pulse. The rate of pulsing can vary depending on the power supply
design and control circuitry. The background current maintains the arc.
The resulting lower average current levels and heat input allow for all-position welding of base metals less than 1/8 in.
[3 mm] thick with a spray-type metal transfer mode.
High-Current-Density Spray Transfer Mode.
High-current-density spray transfer is a name given to a GMAW mode having specific arc characteristics created by
a combination of wire feed speed, electrode extension, and shielding gas.
Mixtures of argon with oxygen and/or carbon dioxide are most popular for carbon steel and low alloy steel electrodes.
Filler metal deposition rates range between 18 lb/hr and 30 lb/hr [8 and 14 kg/hr] with an upper limit of 40 lb/hr
[18 kg/hr].
The arc characteristics of highcurrent-density transfer are further divided into rotational spray transfer and non-rotational spray transfer modes.
(1) High-Current-Density Rotational Spray Transfer Mode.
When using a solid carbon steel wire, a high wire feed speed is combined with a long electrode extension to create
an arc known as rotational spray arc transfer. The long contact tube to work piece distance produces resistance heating of
the wire electrode and causes the electrode end to become molten.
The electro-magnetic forces generated by the current flow in the wire cause the molten wire end to rotate in a helical
path.
The shielding gas affects the rotational transition current by changing the surface tension at the molten electrode end.
Gas mixtures of argon, carbon dioxide, oxygen can produce rotational spray transfer deposition rates of
181b/hr to 30 lb/hr [8 kg/hr to 14 kg/hr] using contact tip to work piece distance of 7/8 in. to 1-1/2 in.
[22 mm to 38 mm].
(2) High-Current-Density Non-Rotational Spray Transfer Mode.
Non-rotational highcurrent-density spray transfer is produced when the molten wire end does not rotate.
Rotation is suppressed when the thermal conductivity of the shielding gas increases and the surface tension of the molten electrode end increases. The droplet rate will decrease, and larger droplets will transfer across the arc.
Shielding gases with higher carbon dioxide or helium additions will raise the rotational spray transition current, thereby
suppressing the tendency to rotate.
The arc is elongated and diffused but looks similar to conventional spray transfer.
The plasma stream is axial and narrower than that produced by rotational spray transfer.
This more concentrated heat source can produce an increased depth of fusion compared with rotational spray transfer at
the same welding current.
I
N
F
O
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
250
A
L
M
C
B
T

Metal
B
R
Z
Type Thickness
Transfer Mode
Recommended
Shielding Gas
AWS
Designation per
A5.32
Up to 14 gauge
Or 0.064 in.
[1.6 mm]
Short Circuit
Argon + 8% CO2
Argon + 25% CO2
Aegon + 8% CO2 + 2% O2
SG-AC-8
SG-AC-25
SG-ACO-8/2
Good depth of fusion and distortion

control to reduce potential burnthrough.
Short Circuit
Argon + 8% CO2
Argon + 25% CO2
Argon + He + CO2
SG-AC-8
SG-AC-25
SG-AHeC-G
Higher deposition rates without burnthrough. Minimum distortion and

spatter.
Good weld pool control for out of position welding.
Short Circuit
100% CO2
Argon + 15% CO2
Argon + 18% CO2
Argon + 25% CO2
SG-C
SG-AC-15
SG-AC-18
SG-AC-25
High welding speed.

Good depth of fusion and puddle
control.
Applicable for out-of position welding.
Short Circuit
or Globular
Argon + 25% CO2
SC-AC-25
Suitable for high current & high speed

welding.
Short Circuit
Argon + 50% CO2
SC-AC-50
Deep depth of fusion; low spatter: high

travel speeds. Good out-of position
welding.
14 gauge or
0.064 in. to
1/8 in. [1.6 mm
to 3 mm]
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
Carbon Steel
100% CO2
SG-C
Deep depth of fusion and fastest travel

speeds but with higher melt-through
potential. High current mechanized
welding.
Spray Transfer
Argon + 1% O2
Argon + 2% O2
Argon + 5% O2
Argon + 8% O2
SG-AO-1
SG-AO-2
SG-AO-5
SG-AO-8
Good arc stability; produces a more

fluid puddle as O, increases: good coalescence & bead contour. Good weld
appearance & weld pool control.
Spray Transfer
Argon + 5% CO2
Argon + 8% CO2
Argon + 10% CO2
Argon + 20% CO2
SG-AC-5
SG-AC-8
SG-AC-10
SG-AC-20
Fluid weld pool and oxidizing to weld

metal causing higher amounts of slag
and scale, as CO, increases.
Good arc stability, weld soundness, and
increasing width of fusion.
Short Circuit
Argon + 8% CO2 + 2% O2
SG-ACO-8/2
Applicable to both short-circuiting and

spray transfer modes.
Argon + 35% Helium

+ 1% CO2
SG-AHeC-35/ 1
Helium + 43% Argon

+ 2% CO2
SG-HeAC-43/2
Spray Transfer
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Short Circuit
or Globular
(buried arc)
Over 1/8 in.

[3 mm]
A
E
R
O
High-CurrentDensity
Over 14 gauge
or 0.064 in.
[ 1.6 mm]
Advantages / Description
Pulsed Spray
Argon + Helium + CO2 + O
SG-AHeCO-G
Argon + CO2 + O2
SG-ACO-G
Argon + 2% to 8% O2
Argon + 5% to 20% CO2
Argon + 8% CO2 + 2% O2
Argon +Helium + CO2
SG-AO-2 to 8
SG-AC-5 to 20
SG-ACO-8/2
ST-AHeC-G
(Continued On Next Page)
251
Has a wide welding current range and

good arc performance.
Weld pool has good control which
results in improved weld contour.
Used for high deposition rate welding where 15 lb/hr to 30 lb/hr [7 kg/
hr to 14 kg/hr] is typical. Special
welding equipment and techniques are
sometimes required to achieve these
deposition levels.
Used for both light-gauge and heavy
out-of-position weldments. Achieves
good pulse spray stability over a wide
range of arc characteristics and deposition ranges.
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T

Metal
Type Thickness
Transfer Mode
Short Circuit
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Low &
High-Alloy
Steel
Over 3/32 in.

[2 mm]
Up to 14 gauge
or 0.064 in.
[2 mm]
T
S
T
M
A
I
N
Argon + 8% to 20% O2
Helium + Argon + CO2
Argon + 8% CO2 +2% O2
SG-AC-8 to 20
SG-HeAC-G
SG-ACO-8/2
Good coalescence and bead contour.

Good mechanical properties.
Up to 3/32 in.
[2 mm]
M
A
G
A
E
R
O
Recommended
Shielding Gas
AWS
Designation per
A5.32
Stainless Steel
Short Circuit
SG-AC-20 to 50
High welding speeds. Good depth of

fusion and weld pool control.
Applicable for out-of position welds.
Suitable for high current and highspeed welding.
Spray
(Including
High-CurrentDensity Rotational and NonRotational)
Argon + 2% O2
Argon + 5% CO2
Argon + 8% CO2
Argon + 10% CO2
Argon + 8% CO2 + 2% O2
Argon + Helium + CO2 + O2
SG-AO-2
SG-AC-5
SG-AC-8
SG-AC-10
SG-ACO-B/2
SG-AHeCO-G
Reduces undercutting.
Higher deposition rates and improved
head wetting.
Deep depth of fusion and good mechanical properties.
Pulsed Spray
Argon + 2% O2
Argon + 5% CO2
Argon + 8% CO2 + 2% O2
Helium + 43%
Argon + 2% CO2
SG-AO-2
SG-AC-5
SG-ACO-B/2
SG-HeAC-43/2
Used for both light-gauge and heavy

out-of-position weldments.
Achieves good pulse spray stability
over a wide range of arc characteristics
and deposition ranges.
Argon + 2% CO2
SG-AC-2
Argon +5% CO2
SG-AC-5
Short Circuit
Low CO2 percentages in helium mix

minimizes carbon pickup, which can
cause inter-granular corrosion with
some alloys.
Helium improves bead wetting action
and contour. CO2 percentages over 5%
should be used with caution on some
alloys.
Applicable for all position welding.
SG-HcAC-7.5/2.5
Short Circuit
Helium + 7.5%
Argon + 2.5% CO2
Argon + Helium + CO2
Helium + 43%
Argon + 2% CO2
Spray
Argon + 1% O2
Argon + 2% O2
SG-AO-1
SG-AO-2
SG-AHeC-G
SG-HeAC-G
Good arc stability. Produces a fluid but

controllable weld pool; good coalescence and head contour. Minimizes
undercutting on heavier thicknesses.
Pulsed Spray
Argon + 1% O2
Argon + 2% O2
Argon + CO2 + H2
SG-AO-1
SG-AO-2
SG-AHeC-G
SG-HcAC-G
SG-ACH-G
Used for both light- and heavy-gauge

out-of-position weldments.
Achieves good pulse spray stability
over a wide range of arc characteristics
and deposition ranges.
Over 14 gauge
or 0.064 in.
[2 mm]
Over 14 gauge
or 0.064 in.
[2 mm]
Good control of burn-through and distortion. Used also for the spray transfer
mode. Weld pool fluidity is sometimes
sluggish, depending on the base alloy.
(Continued On Next Page)
I
N
F
O
SG-AC-2 to 5
SG-AHeC-G
SG-HeAC-43/2
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
252
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T

Metal
Type Thickness
Up to 1/8 in.
[3 mm]
Nickel,
Nickel Alloys,
Copper &
Copper Alloys Over 1/8 in.
[3 mm]
Transfer Mode
Short Circuit
Spray
Pulsed Spray
Up to 1/2 in.
[13 mm]
Magnesium,
Titanium
& other
Reactive
Metals
AWS
Designation per
A5.32
Helium + 10% Argon

Helium + 25% Argon
Argon + Helium
SG-HeA-10
SG-HeA-25
SG-AHe-G
Good arc stability, weld pool control

and wetting.
Higher heat input of helium mixtures
offset high heat conductivity of heavier
gauges. Good wetting and bead contour. Can be used for out-of-position
welding.
Using 100% helium on heavier material
thickness improves bead wetting and
depth of fusion.
Argon + Helium
SG-AHe-G
Argon + 50% Helium
SG-AHe-50
Argon or Helium
SG-A or SG-He
Helium + Argon
SG-HeA-G
Good out-of-position control.
Spray or
Pulsed Spray
Argon
SG-A
Best metal transfer, arc stability and

plate cleaning. Little or no spatter.
Removes oxides when used with DCEP
(Reverse Polarity).
Spray or
Pulsed Spray
Helium + 25% Argon

Argon + 50% Helium
Argon 100%
Helium 100%
SG-HeA-25
SG-AHe-50
SG-A
SG-He
High-heat input.
Produces fluid puddle, flat bead contour and deep depth of fusion.
Minimizes porosity.
Spray
Argon
SG-A
Excellent cleaning action.

Provides more stable arc than heliumrich mixtures.
SG-AHe-30
AG-AHe-50
SG-HeA-25
Higher heat input and less chance of

porosity.
More fluid weld pool and improved
wetting.
Aluminum
Over 1/2 in.
[13 mm]
Recommended
Shielding Gas
All Thicknesses
Spray
Argon + 30% Helium

Argon + 50% Helium
Helium + 25% Argon
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
253
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O

Argon (SG-A).
Argon is a chemically inert gas that is used alone and in combination with other gases for welding both ferrous and
nonferrous metals.
All GMAW modes can use argon or argon mixes to achieve good weldability, required mechanical properties, stable arc
characteristics, and improved productivity.
The low ionization potential of argon helps create an excellent current path and superior arc stability.
Argon produces a constricted arc column with high current density, which causes the arc energy to be concentrated over
a small surface area.
The result is a depth of fusion profile with a distinct finger like shape as shown in diagram.
Argon is used for nonferrous base metals such as aluminum, nickel, copper, and magnesium alloys, as well as for reactive
metals such as zirconium and titanium.
Argon and argon mixes provide spray transfer with excellent arc welding stability, penetration and bead profile.
When welding ferrous base metals, argon is usually mixed with other gases such as oxygen, helium, and carbon dioxide.
Carbon Dioxide (SG-C).
Carbon dioxide is a chemically active gas.
In the presence of an intense heat source such as a welding arc, it associates into carbon monoxide and free oxygen and
becomes active.
This is shown by the following equation: CO2 CO2 +O
The free oxygen, which is available in considerable amounts, reacts with other elements in the weld pool.
Although carbon dioxide is an active gas and produces an oxidizing effect, sound welds can be consistently achieved.
Carbon dioxide is often used for welding carbon steel.
Its popularity is due to common availability, low cost, and weld performance.
The low cost per unit of gas does not automatically translate to lowest cost per foot of deposited weld.
Total weld cost with carbon dioxide shielding gas is influenced by bead contour, electrode spatter, and spatter removal.
Carbon dioxide, by itself, will not support spray transfer.
Metal transfer is restricted to short-circuiting and globular transfer.
The advantage of carbon dioxide is its increased depth of fusion compared to argon.
The major disadvantage of carbon dioxide is harsh globular transfer with its characteristic spatter at elevated weld currents.
The weld surface resulting from using a 100% carbon dioxide shielding gas is usually heavily oxidized.
A welding wire having higher amounts of deoxidizing elements may be needed to compensate for the reactive nature of
the gas.
Overall, good mechanical properties can be achieved with carbon dioxide.
Argon
Ar + CO2
Helium
Helium/Argon
CO2
Ar + O2
Figure 1. Typical GMAW Bead & Penetration Profiles with Several Shielding Gases
254
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O

Helium (SG-He).
Helium is a chemically inert gas used for welding applications requiring higher heat inputs.
Helium may improve wetting action, width of fusion and travel speeds.
It does not produce the stable arc provided by argon.
Helium has higher thermal conductivity than argon and a wider arc column.
The higher voltage gradient increases heat input compared with argon, promoting increased weld pool fluidity and better
wetting action.
This is an advantage when welding aluminum, magnesium, and copper alloys.
Helium is often mixed with argon to obtain the advantages of both gases.
Argon provides good arc stability and cleaning action, while helium promotes wetting with a broad width of fusion.
Two-Component Shielding Gas Mixtures (see previous Table)

Argon + Oxygen (SG-AO).
The addition of small amounts of oxygen to argon greatly stabilizes the welding arc, increases the filler metal droplet
transfer rate, lowers the spray transition current and influences bead shape when welding steels.
The weld pool is more fluid and stays molten longer, allowing the metal to flow out toward the toe of the weld.
Argon oxygen mixtures produce a narrow deep penetration pattern that could be susceptible to porosity entrapment
during rapid weld pool cooling.
Slower travel speeds reduce weld pool cooling rates and minimize porosity entrapment.
Argon-oxygen shielding gas mixtures are available pre-blended in liquid form.
(1) Argon + 1% Oxygen (SG-AO-1).
This mixture is primarily used for spray transfer on stainless steels.
One percent oxygen is usually sufficient to stabilize the arc, increase the droplet rate and improve bead appearance.
This mixture is used for spray arc welding on carbon steels, low alloy steels, and stainless steels.
It provides additional wetting action over the 1% oxygen mixture.
Mechanical properties and corrosion resistance of welds made with 1% and 2% oxygen additions are equivalent.
This mixture provides a more fluid, but still controllable, weld pool and permits higher travel speeds.
It is the most commonly used argon and oxygen mixture for carbon steel welding.
Argon
Figure 2.
The Effect of Argon & Helium Shielding Gases
on Bead Profile & Penetration when
Welding Aluminum with GMAW
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
Helium
T
O
B
255
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N

Argon + Carbon Dioxide Mixtures (SGAC).
The argon + carbon dioxide mixtures are used mainly on carbon and low alloy steels and have limited application on
stainless steels.
Carbon dioxide additions to argon allow increased travel speeds with greater depth and width of fusion.
With these mixtures, increasing the amount of carbon dioxide will result in an increase in the level of spatter and a decrease in deposition efficiency.
In GMAW with carbon dioxide additions, a slightly higher current level must be provided in order to establish and
maintain stable spray transfer.
Above approximately 20% carbon dioxide, spray transfer becomes unstable and periodic short-circuiting and globular
transfer occurs.
(1) Argon + 2% to 10% Carbon Dioxide (SG-AC-2, SG-AC-5, SG-AC-8, SG-AC-10).
These mixtures are used for spray, pulse spray and short-circuiting transfer on a variety of material and thickness.
Argon with 2% carbon dioxide is a common mixture for pulse welding stainless steel.
A 5% carbon dioxide mixture may be used for pulsed GMAW of low alloy steels being welded in other than the flat position.
With 5% to 10% carbon dioxide, the arc column is constricted.
The arc forces that develop give these mixtures more tolerance to mill scale with a controllable weld pool.
(2) Argon + 15% to 20% Carbon Dioxide (SG-AC-15, SG-AC-18, SG-AC-20).
This mixture range has been used for a variety of applications on carbon and low alloy steels.
Maximum productivity on thin base metals can be achieved within this range.
This is done by minimizing excessive melt-through tendency by increasing deposition rates and travel speeds.
The lower carbon dioxide percentages also improve deposition efficiency by decreasing spatter loss.
(3) Argon + 21% to 49% Carbon Dioxide (SG-AC-21 to 49).
This range is commonly used for GMAW with the short circuit transfer mode on low-carbon steel.
It was formulated to provide maximum short-circuiting frequency in the short circuit transfer mode with common
welding electrode sizes.
These mixtures operate well in high current applications on thick base metal.
They promote good arc stability, weld pool control and weld bead appearance
(4) Argon + 50% Carbon Dioxide (SGAC-50).
This mixture is used where high heat inputs and increased fusion depth are needed.
Recommended base metal thickness is above 1/8 in. [3 mm].
Fusion is increased in welding positions other than flat when utilizing the short-circuiting transfer mode.
Good wetting and bead shape, without excessive fluidity, are the main advantages for pipe welding applications.
Welding on thin-gauge materials with this mixture may produce excessive melt through.
When welding at high current levels, the metal transfer is similar to welding in 100% carbon dioxide.
Some reduction in spatter is realized (in comparison to 100% CO2) due to the argon content.
I
N
F
O
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
256
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
T
O
B
Argon + Helium (SG-AHe).

Argon and helium mixtures are used primarily for welding nonferrous and reactive metals, such as aluminum, copper,
nickel, magnesium, and their alloys.
They are also used for welding some carbon steels.
Helium is added to argon to take advantage of the best operating characteristics of each gas.
Generally, the thicker the base metal, the higher the percentage of helium.
The addition of helium to an argon base gas will increase the heat input.
Small percentages of helium, as low as 10%, will affect the arc characteristics.
As helium percentages increase, the arc voltage, spatter, and weld depth-to-width ratio will increase
(see figure 1 & 2), while porosity is minimized.
The argon content must be at least 45% when mixed with helium to produce and maintain a stable spray transfer mode.
(1) Argon + 25% to 50% Helium (SGAHe-25, SGAHe-50).

These mixtures are used for welding nonferrous base metals when an increase in heat input is sought and weld bead appearance is of primary importance.
(2) Helium + 25% to 50% Argon (SGHeA-25, SGHeA-50).

These mixtures further increase heat input in comparison to the mixtures having higher argon content.
They are used for welding of aluminum and magnesium greater than 1/2 in. [13 mm] thick in the flat position.
They increase heat input and reduce porosity of welds in copper, aluminum, and magnesium
(3) Helium + 10% to 25% Argon (SGHeA-10 to 25).
These mixtures are used for welding copper over 1/2 in. [13 mm] thick and aluminum over 3 in. [75 mm] thick.
Their high-heat input improves weld fusion.
They may be used for short-circuiting transfer with nickel filler metals.
I
N
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
257
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O

Three-Component Shielding Gas Mixtures (see previous Table)
Argon + Carbon Dioxide + Oxygen (SGACO).
Mixtures containing these three components are versatile due to their ability to function with processes using short
circuit, globular, spray, pulsed, and high current-density spray transfer.
Several three component mixtures are available and their application will depend on the desired metal transfer modes.
The advantage of these mixtures is their ability to shield carbon steel and low alloy steel of all thickness using any type of
metal transfer mode.
These mixtures produce good welding characteristics and mechanical properties on carbon and low alloy steels.
On thin base metals, the oxygen constituent improves arc stability at low current levels (30 A to 60 A), permitting the arc
to be kept short and controllable.
This helps minimize excessive melt-through and distortion by lowering the total heat input in the weld zone.
Argon + Helium + Carbon Dioxide (SGAHeC).
Helium and carbon dioxide additions to argon increase the heat input to the weld, increasing bead wetting and fluidity.
The weld bead profile becomes flatter and wider.
(l) Argon + 10% to 40% Helium + 1% to 15% Carbon Dioxide.
Mixtures in this range have been developed for pulse spray arc welding of carbon. low alloy, and stainless steels.
These mixtures are most often used on thick sections and in positions other than flat.
Good mechanical properties and weld pool control are characteristic of these mixtures.
(2) Helium + 25 % to 35 % Argon and 1% to 5% Carbon Dioxide.
These mixtures are used for the short-circuiting transfer mode in welding of high strength and stainless steels, especially for welding positions other than flat.
The carbon dioxide content is kept low to insure good weld metal toughness.
The helium provides the heat necessary for good weld pool fluidity.
(3) Helium + 7.5% Argon + 2.5% Carbon Dioxide (SG-HeAC-7.5/2.5).
This mixture is widely used for the short circuit transfer mode in welding of stainless steel in all welding positions.
The carbon dioxide content is kept low to minimize carbon absorption and assure good corrosion resistance, especially
in multipass welds.
The argon + carbon dioxide additions provide good arc stability and increased depth of fusion.
The high helium content provides significant heat input to overcome the sluggish nature of the stainless steel weld pool.
Argon + Helium + Oxygen (SGAHeO).
Just as the addition of helium to argon increases the arc energy when welding nonferrous metals with the GMAW process, oxygen affects the arc characteristics when welding ferrous metals.
Argon-helium-oxygen mixtures have been used occasionally with spray transfer to increase weld pool fluidity, control
bead shape and reduce porosity.
Argon + Nitrogen + Oxygen (SGANO).
Small amounts of nitrogen (1.0% to 3.0%) have been added to argon + 1% oxygen
to achieve a completely austenitic microstructure in welds made with
Type 347 stainless steel filler metal.
258
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T
B
R
Z

Four-Component Shielding Gas Mixtures (see previous Table)
Argon + Helium + Carbon Dioxide + Oxygen (SG-AHeCO).
Commonly known as a quad mix; this combination is most popular for high-deposition GMAW using the high-current-density metal transfer mode.
This mixture will give good mechanical properties and operability throughout a wide range of deposition rates.
Its major application is welding low-alloy, high-tensile-strength base materials, but it has also been used on mild steel for
high productivity welding.
Weld economics are an important consideration in using this gas for welding mild steel.
T
O
B
C
Flux Cored Arc Welding
T
I
T
Process Description.
Flux cored arc welding (FCAW) is an arc welding process that produces coalescence of metals by heating them with an
are between a continuous flux-cored metal electrode and the weld pool.
Shielding is provided by either the decomposition of the flux contained within the electrode or externally supplied gas or
both.
M
A
G
Shielding Gases
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Carbon Dioxide (SG-C).

Welding with carbon dioxide shielding gas is generally characterized by a globular metal transfer mode.
The oxidizing characteristic of carbon dioxide is well known to the developers and manufacturers of flux cored electrodes.
Deoxidizing materials are added to the core of the electrode to compensate for the oxidizing effect of the carbon dioxide.
The deoxidizing elements have a great affinity for oxygen and readily combine with it.
Gas Mixtures.
The trend toward using smaller diameter welding electrodes to obtain greater versatility has resulted in the use of more
gas mixtures.
The most common mixture for FCAW is argon + 25% carbon dioxide.
Because of the poor transfer of deoxidizing elements in FCAW when using carbon dioxide.
All electrodes designed for use with carbon dioxide are heavily deoxidized.
When these same electrodes are used with gas mixtures utilizing argon based gases, a buildup of manganese, silicon, and
other deoxidizing elements may occur.
Welds produced using these mixtures generally have higher strengths but slightly lower ductility than welds made under
the same conditions with carbon dioxide.
Many manufacturers provide different FCAW electrodes for use in either 100% carbon dioxide or argon based mixtures.
Three component mixtures such as argon + carbon dioxide + oxygen have been used with good results with certain
HSLA materials.
E
S
(The following information was provided by AWS C5.10/C5.10M:2003

Recommended Practices for Shielding Gases for Welding and Cutting)
F
C
W
259
A
L
M
AWS Filler Metal Specifications by Material & Welding Process
C
B
T
B
R
Z
OFW
SMAW
GTAW
GMAW
PAW
Carbon Steel
A5.2
A5.1
A5.18
A5.20
A5.17
A5.25
A5.26
Low-Alloy Steel
A5.2
A5.5
A5.28
A5.29
A5.23
A5.25
A5.26
A5.4
A5.9
A5.22
A5.22
A5.9
A5.9
A5.9
A5.15
A5.15
A5.15
A5.15
Nickel Alloys
A5.11
A5.14
A5.14
Aluminum Alloys
A5.3
A5.10
Copper Alloys
A5.6
A5.7
Titanium Alloys
A5.16
Zirconium Alloys
A5.24
Magnesium Alloys
A5.19
Tungsten Electrodes
A5.12
Brazing Alloys & Fluxes
A5.8
A5.31
A5.13
A5.21
A5.13
A5.21
A5.13
A5.21
Consumable Inserts
A5.30
Shielding Gases
A5.32
A5.32
A5.32
Stainless Steel
Cast Iron
T
I
T
M
A
G
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Surfacing Alloys
FCAW
SAW
ESW
EGW
OFW - Oxyfuel Gas Welding
FCAW - Fluxed Core Arc Welding
SMAW - Shielded Metal Arc Welding
SAW - Submerged Arc Welding
GTWA - Gas Tungsten Arc Welding (TIG)
ESW - Electro Slag Welding
GMAW - Gas Metal Arc Welding (MIG)
EGW - Electro Gas Welding
PAW - Plasma Arc Welding
260
Brazing
A5.8
A5.31
A5.8
A5.31
A5.8
A5.31
A5.8
A5.31
A5.8
A5.31
A5.8
A5.31
A5.8
A5.31
A5.8
A5.31
A5.8
A5.31
A5.8
A5.31
T
O
B
C
A
H
F
C
I
N
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T

Please Click Here to Clear Input Value
Convert ksi to MPa
Please type ksi value to convert below.
Converted MPa value
Please type MPa value to convert below.
Converted ksi value
Please type psi value to convert below.
Converted MPa value
T
O
B
C
ksi X
B
R
Z
Convert MPa to ksi
MPa X
Convert psi to MPa
T
I
T
psi X
Convert MPa to psi
Please type MPa value to convert below.
Converted psi value
A
H
MPa X
M
A
G

Convert ft/lb to J
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
Please type ft/lb value to convert below.
Converted J value
ft/lb X
Convert J to ft/lb
Please type J value to convert below.
Converted ft/lb value
Please type ft/lb value to convert below.
Converted kg/m value
Please type kg/m value to convert below.
Converted ft/lb value
JX
Convert ft/lb to kg/m
ft/lb X
Convert kg/m to ft/lb
kg/m X
Convert lb/ft to kg/m
Please type lb/ft value to convert below.
Converted kg/m value
Please type kg/m to convert value below.
Converted lb/ft value
lb/ft X
Convert kg/m to lb/ft
kg/m X
261
E
S
W
F
C
W
A
L
M
C
B
T

Convert mm to inch
Please type mm value to convert below.
Converted inch value
Please type inch value to convert below.
Converted mm value
Please type mm value to convert below.
Converted ft value
Please type ft value to convert below.
Converted mm value
T
O
B
C
mm X
B
R
Z
T
I
T
Convert inch to mm
inch X
Convert mm to ft
mm X
Convert ft to mm
A
H
ft X
M
A
G

Convert kg to lb
T
S
T
A
E
R
O
Please type kg value to convert below.
Converted lb value
Please type lb value to convert below.
Converted kg value
kg X
Convert lb to kg
lb X
M
A
I
N
I
N
F
O
F
C
W
262

General Catalog (S)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

General Catalog (S)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

http://www.amfiller.

Staineless Steel Wire

(T) 1.713.649.8785 (F) 1.713.644.9628

6015 Murphy Street Houston, TX 77033

Real People Real Service Real Fast

Get Your Quality Filler Metal

Go Back to Table of Contents

Toll Free: 1.800.394.4550

Low Alloys - Electrodes

Flux Cored Wires

Page 196 ~ Page 207

Page 152 ~ Page 169

Low Alloys - Wires

Page 99 ~ Page 122

Page 125 ~ Page 143

Page 171 ~ Page 175

Page 177 ~ Page 182

Page 184 ~ Page 194

Page 209 ~ Page 211

Page 213 ~ Page 221

Page 223 ~ Page 224

Reference & Information

Page 244 ~ Page 261

6015 Murphy Street Houston, TX 77033

Important Notice for All Users of This Book

Go Back to Table of Contents

Carbon Steel Electrodes

Go Back to Table of Contents

Carbon Steel Electrode

Designates the tensile strength (minimum), in ksi.

Designates the welding position in which electrodes are usable,

Order of Mandatory Classification Designators

Designates that the electrode also meets

Go Back to Table of Contents

Carbon Steel Electrode

High Cellulose Sodium Covering

AFM E6010 is a high cellulose coated fastfreeze electrode.

Recommended Current Ranges (DC+):

Typical Mechanical Properties:

Typical Weld Metal Chemistry (%):

10# Package; 60# Master Carton.

Go Back to Table of Contents

Carbon Steel Electrode

High Cellulose Potassium Covering

Recommended Current Ranges (AC or DC+):

Typical Mechanical Properties:

Typical Weld Metal Chemistry (%):

10# Package; 60# Master Carton.

Go Back to Table of Contents

Carbon Steel Electrode

High Titania Potassium Covering

AFM E6013 is a high titania general purpose coated electrode.

Recommended Current Ranges (AC or DC-):

Typical Mechanical Properties:

10# Package; 60# Master Carton.

Go Back to Table of Contents

Typical Weld Metal Chemistry (%):

Carbon Steel Electrode

Iron Powder, Titania Covering

Recommended Current Ranges (AC or DC):

Typical Mechanical Properties:

Typical Weld Metal Chemistry (%):

10# Package; 60# Master Carton.